Podcasts about i how

Sam Crowley is a former Fortune 100 exec who launched the personal development brand Every Day Is Saturday & the hugely successful EverydayIsSaturday.com. Sam is a best-selling co-author, speaker & business coach. I followed Sam's podcast for a while and eventually, I got the bug... I needed to create a podcast and I hired him to be my coach... it was during the process of creating the podcast and working with Sam that I had my "awakening experience" and at some point I had asked Sam if he could tell me what he meant by bringing someone to Christ. That was a couple of years ago, and I wanted to capture what that meant from him again so that I could share it here with you... Check it out and, hey, check out his podcast as well... very good spiritual dope! Interested in working with Sam? Check out his current site: https://launchmymovement.com/ Transcribed from Otter.ai Brandon Handley 0:00 54321 Hey, their spiritual dope I am on today with the legendary Sam Crowley from every day is Saturday and something I haven't talked about on this podcast is is that Sam was sounds like my coach Sam's like the reason I have a podcast at all. So, you know, super excited to have you on is Sam, what's going on? Sam Crowley 0:25 Hey, Brandon, great to be back, man. It's been a minute since the last time we chatted. So I'm fired up. And I love spiritual dope. I think that's a great title for a podcast. So congrats, Brandon Handley 0:35 man, I appreciate appreciate your huge inspiration as to why I am where I am today. And I think that your message will really resonate with the people that are listening to this podcast. And I always like to start these off with like, Hey, you know, God kind of talks to us, right? We're just we're just here, living out his message. Right? So in that vein, what's God saying to you today that my listeners need to hear? Sam Crowley 1:00 Well, I think no matter where you've been, man, no matter how big of it, like I am the world's biggest screw up, you know, I've made way too many mistakes in my life and you know, too embarrassed to talk about most of them. We hide a lot from you know, our authenticity, because we're afraid that other people may not want to hear it or resonate with it. And you know, we end up tripping over our past man. And I'll tell you, if you and I'm not saying you got to put all your stuff out, you don't need to do that. But I just did a Facebook Live Video literally right, before we jumped on about this topic. So if I can share that if it's okay, I just yeah, absolutely just want to say that, you know, I help people really gain clarity and with their messages, you know, and people are like, Well, I'm not an A list celebrity or nobody knows me. And I'm not famous that. That's great. Like that works in your favor, because I don't know about you, but I am way past wanting to hear from Hollywood or a list celebrities about how to live my life, or who to vote for or anything like that. I just, I go to a movie, I want to watch a movie, you know, I want to learn from everyday people that are struggling, that are having financial relationship, money problems, not that they're whining on me, but they're one step ahead of where I am. So if I'm making 10 grand a month, I want to learn from somebody making 20 grand a month, if I'm in a, if I got a girlfriend, I want to learn how to make that person, my wife and how to treat her right. If I want a closer relationship with God, then I want to plug into somebody who doesn't need to be a pastor, just but somebody whose works have some messy stuff in their life. And they figured out how to just get through the valley, they haven't figured life out. I mean, nobody's got that figured out. So God places on my heart every day, watch what you say, Crowley because you're a loose cannon out there. Okay, the tongue can be used for good and not so good. It can be used to tear down it could be used to build up. So make sure you try as best you can. Because I know you're still gonna screw this thing up. But you got a podcast, it's been downloaded 20 million times you got a little bit of responsibility. Now you're not that bubble on a skillet, from way back in the day, who could just go all over the place. And so I just want everybody to know, your path should be celebrated that you're still here. You made it through. Nobody wants perfection. They just say they just want to know, can you get me from point A to point B, that's all anybody wants. They want to pay you to solve the current problem in their life. That is if it's cleaning your carpet, trimming your trees, coaching, building a website, figuring out a mortgage, that's all they want. Brandon Handley 3:19 That's it, man. I love it. I love it. You know? And that was actually again, one of the things I loved about you, right? It was a week we connected you. You're promoting your podcast course. And I bet I was like that's it. I mean, this guy's got something I want, right? And that can get me somewhere. And that was the course. And then when I got the course, here, Sam Crowley shows up and like a baseball cap. And you know, there's a whiteboard flip chart, he's just doing your thing. And you look, it looked like I could do it. Right. I was like, Well, okay, that's the next step for me. How can I How can I move to what Sam's doing right and share at the same time share my message, right? I share this thing that's in my heart, finding, what is that thing in my heart, right? Because man, talk to me about how you know, give the audience here who doesn't know every day is Saturday, a little bit of background? Sam Crowley 4:12 Well, my daughter back in the day, I was a corporate slave and I've been in the corporate game for 15 years, and I don't want to look a gift horse in the mouth. I was making about 110 grand a year salary, stock options, company car, all that stuff. But I had just become a dad recently, a few years prior to that. And my dad left me and my mom raising kids by herself. This was the late 60s I was born in 1968. My dad left you'd had he went crazy. just lost his mind left. My mom's raising kids so you know, welfare and all that stuff. Free cheese, goodwill, clothes, all that and you know a beaut alcoholic mom pretty abusive verbally, but I knew she loved me deep down knew she loved me. She never told me never heard it once from a parent in my life. Wow. Or you are loved and I searched for that my whole life. It has a lot to do with why sometimes I do. stupid things is because I'm looking for that acceptance. Because I never had a grown up, man. All I ever heard from my mom was I never asked for you, and I never wanted you. You know, that's what she told me a lot, you know, while she was on the ball. So I never held that against her though. So I said, God, if you ever get any kids, I'm just going to be the best part. I'm going to be that Dad, I'm going to be throwing the football, I'm going to be going to the games, the ballet, I'm going to be picking them up. And you know what, man? My daughters have never they don't even know me ever having a job. They don't recall me ever go into a job. And they don't ever resonate. They just know me as the guy that's into drop offline and the pickup line at school. And look, man, I am not you know, Mr. Mom, I've got a wife at 22 years, he does an amazing job. We have four daughters now. Youngest of which side story was born at 24 weeks one pound. And we didn't sleep for three years because the kid was in children's hospital. 221 days begging for life. When she comes home, we turn her house into a hospital. She was on a train ventilator and all of that. So you know, the everyday Saturday story, by the way, she's six years old. Now the happiest kid you'd ever seen no trick, no ventilator still has a little bit of a feeding tube stuttering problem, things like that. But she's built in the image of the Creator, just like you are just like every listener is built in the image of the Creator. You know, I'm a Christian. So I believe that we all have the Holy Spirit inside of us. And I think it would be a pretty cool conversation when we get to heaven. Everybody in the Old Testament, you got Moses, you got David, you got everybody like that. And, and they say, Man, what is it like to live with the Holy Spirit inside you? Hmm. We didn't have that before Christ, like, Whoa, that would be like, wow, you got all these people in the Old Testament would have loved have had the Holy Spirit, the Spirit Jesus left behind when he died on the cross inside of them. Were bulletproof man, you know, we're only here for a short period of time. That's why I walk around with kind of a chip on my shoulder not to be an ass but just to say Hey, man, I got the Holy Spirit inside of me I don't worry about finances, I have a little bit of anxiety, worry about my you know, but but that's what it means to me. And the whole everyday Saturday messages is an opportunity for me to show up as my real self. And I know I'm gonna make some people I'm pissing people off, I get it, I'm gonna acquire taste. And I'm not I'm not everybody's cup of tea, I get it. But I've been able to, you know, through only through the grace of God and the Holy Spirit inside of me to be able to build a movement here that people can resonate with and just allows them I teach people how to share a compelling story. That's it. I teach people how I do 10 minutes story, podcast, in my car in a Dunkin Donuts parking lot. And I've been doing it for 15 years. And that's really the crux of my business. It's so embarrassing. But it's what I do. Like that's all I do Brandon Handley 7:42 not and it works for you. Right? I never knew the the part were never never caught that, you know, your mom never even said that. You know, I love you. That's tough, man. It's a tough way to tough way to grow up. Sam Crowley 7:55 But you make you appreciate, it makes you appreciate because it makes you do a 180 in life. Like if you've been if you've been an alcoholic really makes you want when you finally get on that and you're sober for X amount of days, or you've been a drug addict or you've been up up, you've been addicted to porn. We all have addictions, man, I was addicted to money and ego and all that. But when you never hear I love you. You say it all the time to your kids when you don't have a drink? Or do you make sure you're more cognizant and forgiving of those that are going through tough times? I think it I'm not trying to go all you know the other way. But I really think it's a blessing if you can just look at it from that perspective, you know? Brandon Handley 8:32 Well, yeah, I think that it's a it's a big challenge to to get to that point, right? You got to get you got to get to that point to be able to say, you know, everything that I went through was to prepare me for what I need to go through. Right, or to help other or to help others get through similar things, right? Be like, Hey, here's, here's a path forward, you know where you are, right? Now, if you're talking to somebody that's in a similar situation that you went through, be like, hey, there's, there's a way out. And here's what I found. That works for me, right? I love how you brought up like, you know, kind of the Holy Spirit, right? Being imbibed with that touch. I mean, I'm not 100% sure what you mean by that. So if you could tell the audience what that means to you, I'd love to love to share that. Sam Crowley 9:08 What Jesus said that I leave my spirit with you when I die, I'm going to heaven. And I'm seated at the right hand of the cross. And I will come back again one day to judge the living and the dead, you know, and as Christians, we know that Jesus died on the cross for all of our sins we Christianity is not a deeds driven religion. You can't you know, you can't go and give money to the homeless or donate your clothes or say 10 our father's in a hail mary or anything like that. That's not getting you into God's already given us through the grace of his son's death. We have that tickets been punched. So it's not like you go out there and you don't act nice. It's just that it doesn't matter. Brandon, you could give all your money away all your earthly possessions away. I could go kill somebody and you and I are still getting into heaven. As long as I asked for forgiveness of my sins and accept Christ as my Savior. There are 10 commandments in the Bible. Thou shalt That steel is one of them. That you know. So if you steal $1 from somebody knowingly and I go kill someone, those are viewed equally in the Bible isn't as you've broken a commandment, there is no little white lie or venial sin or mortal sin, all stuff. So what it means to have the Holy Spirit inside of you is that you've got that power of Jesus Christ inside of you, doesn't mean you won't die of cancer. Now, I mean, that we have, it's a fallen world. That's the other side of the coin. You know, I've lost friends in my 30s and 40s, I lost my mom in 1997. I mean, I've had nasty things done to me, I've done nasty things to people. I mean, it's a fallen world, man, we also have this thing called free will, you know. But when you have the Holy Spirit inside of you, that means you have Jesus Christ himself inside of you. So when you have those bills that are sitting on your coffee table, and you just got laid off, it's not like it's a get out of jail free card, but it should allow you to rest in the peacefulness of Christ to know that we this is just a temporary gig, man, even if you live to the mortal age at 78, the average mortality in the US there, and I'll give you the exact analogy of a gentleman, this pastor, Francis Chan, who used this analogy, imagine a row that goes all around the world, millions and millions of times just this big row, and millions and millions and millions and millions of feet of this row, at the very beginning of this rope rain is just that red marker. And just like that just right, the very beginning. That's life on Earth. No, no rest of the rope represents eternity. So that's why, like I said, I get mad, I fly off the handle, you know, and I get anxious about stuff. But when you rest in the word, you're never anxious, because you're resting in Christ Himself. This is all just such a temporary gig, man. It is. Brandon Handley 11:51 I love it. And I love the idea too, that you, you don't hide this from anyone. Right? Or at least back it up. Because when when I did, when I was, you know, a big listener of yours. You were, I think just kind of leading into sharing, you know, your Christianity like, full on like super hard, right? Like it was your it was it was the, you know, armor of God ages or whatever like that, right? Like, this is like you were just going full on. You talk about what it meant for you to incorporate that into your podcast. Well, you Sam Crowley 12:28 know, I've always been a Christian was always like, I grew up Catholic. And then in 2005, I would, I would say, that's what most people would view as the word like being saved. Like you've accepted Christ into your heart, you know, and then around, you know, five years ago, or so when I was going through all this stuff with my daughter, I'm like, man, all I have all we had was faith. That's all we had. We didn't have anything other than our faith. I'm not, I don't know what to do with a kid born at one pound with a hole in her heart, several brain bleeds. I don't even know she can see me. I mean, what do you do with a kid at one time? All you have is faith in God that at that point, at least, that's all I had. So I started, you know, sharing more of it on social media. And then what's funny is I just did one town a lot. I sent an email out to my list, and I said, Hey, man, I gotta give praise to God. You know, I don't know if you guys get this, but I am a Christian. I believe in God, I just like everything I just told you, you know. And I had an email list of 39,000 people at the time, and I said, Hey, if you're on if you want to stay on my list, man, and you believe this message, you click this link. Well, 38,000 of them did. Okay. So my email is basically going from 39,000 to 1000. But my business increased that year. So I mean, look, I don't know, but I just, I'm not a preacher, Pastor, teacher, Unknown Speaker 13:37 you know. Sam Crowley 13:39 I mean, I think even Tony Robbins would acknowledge that all of the motivation that he says, or Jim Rohn, or Les Brown, it all comes from the Bible. It's all the parables that Tony talks about, and Jim Rohn if you've never listened to him on YouTube, it's a must listen. They all come from the Bible, Bob Proctor, they're all biblically based, you know? And so they're 66 of the best motivational books you'll ever hear all wrapped into one book called The Bible, and a lot of people butcher it. Like they'll say, money is the root of all evil. Well, no, the love of money is the root of all evil. Yeah, it's easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than a wealthy man to get into heaven. Okay, but that's because money's reference. There's a reason why it's referenced more than any other phrase in the Bible, because God knew it would become an idol to us, you know. So I'm not a pastor. I'm just really in tune with the Christian message. And if anybody wants to talk about religion over a beer, a glass of mirlo, I'm that guy. If you want me to quote scripture, I'm not that guy, because I can barely quote it, but I know who wrote it. And I'm got a pretty good relationship with the guy, I think, you know, but I'm not here to bring anybody to Christ. I'm here. If anybody were to say, Hey, tell me more about it like you did. Unknown Speaker 14:46 I'm here to tell you more about it. Sam Crowley 14:47 But I think the worst thing we can do as Christians is to try to beat the fish into the boat and say, repent, repent, you know, your last day No, because people don't read. I think people resonate with more how you carry yourself, you know, then how you can Quotes scripture that actually turns me off on somebody does that like, quotes the Bible and throws it back at me, you know? Brandon Handley 15:06 Now that can be that can be annoying, but it's funny. It's funny it's you bring up, you know Bob Proctor right. And and that line the the idea of people people don't resist change they resist being changed right from Bob Proctor like that's that's one of his lines the you know you brought up you bring it up like you know maybe your job is not to bring people to Christ but we you and I had a conversation where in that moment you felt like part of your role was to bring people to Christ. Even if you don't feel like that's your job? What does it mean to bring someone to Christ them? Sam Crowley 15:41 Well, I think we have a mutual friend Adam, who thanked me because he claimed that I had brought him to Christ and he got baptized, and he let me know about it one day a few years ago saying, Hey, man, I got baptized, you know, you're the reason I came to Christ and like, Wow, that's pretty big deal, man. Like, I would give away all my money and all everything. God if some if I were to get that message, you know, because, as Paul says, and all the apostasy I mean, the reason they were persecuted, and all of that is because they want they were preaching the gospel, you know, and we're sick. We're the only reason we're here as Christians is to share the good news. But I gotta tell you, dude, I ain't going to Kroger in the produce section and sharing the good news with a stranger. I just don't do that. And I know I'm supposed to do that. But I just can't, I can't do that, you know. But to bring somebody to Christ is like, that is monumental. I mean, that is amazing. Because now you know that they have that everything I just talked about earlier, they have that they rest in that piece, and they have that relationship. And it's a personal relationship to everybody. That's why I'm not in your face. But it's personal to people. So, you know, if you are messing up, I'm not here to say, you know, stop watching the porn or stop stealing money or stop gambling or anything like that and say, Man, if you if you want to talk about it, if I can help you at all, I can share some great resources with you, but only when you're ready, because if you're not ready, it's just it has the opposite effect, you know. Brandon Handley 17:02 Now, I like that a lot, too. I think that's almost fair to have some of these. I don't know, put ourselves out there some of these endeavors, right. But also be willing to take that step towards that if that's something that you think is good for you like, go go explore it and go find out what it's like. And again, go to somebody like Sam, or others, like, you know, for Christianity or podcasting and marketing, right. For me, I think I think a big part of this whole journey has been having faith in what's inside of me, right, the spirit that's inside of me, Holy Spirit, I guess, right. I think that I could make that linkage, feeling that and then stuffing, you know, this was another huge. I love that. I still like this is a lie that echoes from Sam's podcasts from back in the day, because when was the last time you stepped out in faith? Mm hmm. Right. Yeah. I'm sure he probably said it several times since since then on the podcast, but you know, you would hear Sam go When was the last time you stepped out? When is the last time you went out? You did something that you you believed in right. And in yourself, right. with purpose and passion does and Sam, if you haven't listened to Sam's podcast, this is something that he does very well. I told him I hadn't listened for a minute. And I picked up podcasts listen a few this morning. It seems like charging, charging, gung ho with everything. And then it was so much it was so much fun just to because you are motivational, you are inspiring. You know, I caught the one where you know, your daughter was being bullied. Yeah. Right. And just just how fired up and how authentic you are. On your podcast, when somebody you know, reaches out to where should they be in life? Or what should they be thinking when they reach out to Sam Crowley to have you coach them or mentor them for podcasting, Sam Crowley 18:54 they got to be ready to step like you just said it step out. And a lot of people really, they just and I was that way to man, I'm not here again, you got to be ready, you got to you got to be ready to launch your message. And that sounds pretty, like scary. And what do I do? It's nothing. I mean, it's just let me help you gain clarity on what your message is, like I said, you could be a carpet cleaner, tree trimming trees, you could be a motivational speaker, whatever it is you want to do, but everything comes to us through the power of a story. And I teach people how to tell their story. So you got to be ready to create your million dollar message, and then learn how to make money with that message. And that's an organic play. It's not a push button. I mean, we can all buy Facebook ads, drive traffic to a funnel and then deal with all those numbers. I'm more of an organic guy where I like to build it from podcasting is my main thing, but you could do it on YouTube. You could do it on Twitter, LinkedIn, Instagram, I mean, I'm just I focus on podcasts and because I've been doing it 15 years and I like to do simple, better. You know, if you talk about that one phrase right there, do simple better. So keep it simple and do it Better than everybody else. Don't keep you know, look squirrel, you know, and you go chase in 10 different things. It's just, I've seen that I've done it, how do I know what doesn't work? I've done all this stuff I talked about that doesn't work. The only way I know is because I've actually done it myself, you know? And so I've chased those squirrels to shiny objects thinking I'm gonna get on a webinar. Oh my god, I'm gonna do real estate liens and tax liens. And I'm gonna go do commercial real estate and I'm gonna go be an MLM. And I'm gonna have lotions, potions and pills in my basement. My I've done all that man. And you know what that works. There's billionaires in the MLM industry, you know, who isn't passionate about lotions, potions and pills, this guy, me, I wouldn't be good at it. Because I'm not passionate about it. You know what, I'm passionate about getting on a podcast with you and talking about stuff that's real. And, you know, when you talking about faith, a faith that's never been tested can't be trusted. So if you think that you're going to operate that faith muscle without ever stepping out, it ain't gonna work. Because if you've never tested it, how could you possibly trust it? You know, Brandon Handley 20:59 always so much fun with Sam Crowley always so much fun. Sam, I know we've got kind of a short time period today. So I'm not going to try and drag anything out. You got time? Yeah. Well, I mean, you know, when I'm, when you also talked about being saved in 2005. Right. I'm curious what that look like and felt like for you? Sam Crowley 21:21 Well, I had been through a bankruptcy. So I was humbled. Thank God when he's when you're ready to come to him. He I think he's gonna humble everybody. At some point in time. I had an ego the size of Montana. Like I said, I was running a $90 million corporate division here in Cincinnati. And I had all these employees problem was I had 20 college credits, most of them gym and health class. I was ill prepared to manage anybody. I couldn't get my dog to sit, let alone you know, get employees to listen to me. I was not a leader. I know. I am not john Maxwell. Okay. So I was just terrible, I think at what I did, but I was getting all these accolades and getting promoted, but I didn't have a passion for it. And it all came crashing down. I left and I thought there's going to be I bought a quiznos franchise and that what the hell I love went bankrupt, lost 300 grand, borrowed money from my sister lost that I had no money, man, no money, file bankruptcy October 11 2005. It was humbling. I didn't bankruptcy is like a scarlet letter. I thought you could just not ever recover. It's done, you're done. And I lost my job and why I left my job. But then I went back to my job three months later working for everybody that used to work for me. And that's when I would start going to church with my wife. And I'm like, Man, this is crazy. What's really putting her hand in the air? What we don't do that at cat like growing up Catholic. You don't talk in church? You know, what's that PowerPoint up there? Man? This is good. This is what is this a movie theater production or something? But then it started to work. And that's what God does. He starts to work on a broken heart, a broken person, you can't we got this facade up. You got that ego like I you know, you can't God can't go to work on you. But he will, he'll get to you. And he'll get to you through the crack in your armor. And we all got to crack an armor and heal us and Satan will get to you through the cracks in your armor to. And when Satan gets to you through pornography, through drugs through alcohol through money, he knows the crack in your armor, he will work that crap. God was looking for the light and he's looking to work with you and work on your heart. Satan's looking to do one thing that's all he can do is why he's got to lie. It's all he does is lie. The one trick that's the lie to you. So when I was saved, I accepted Christ. I said, Man, I can't do this anymore. I don't want the ego. I just don't want any I just want a relationship with God. Now I know why I'm here. And that's you know what happened? Brandon Handley 23:34 as powerful I'd never heard that story from you before. So I appreciate you sharing that. When when you not now you're not you're full in right. Do you feel like your business is more fulfilling? Because you've got your spirituality? Lead on it? Sam Crowley 23:50 I think so. Yeah. I mean, look, I don't have it figured out. I feel like you know, I have I listen to great podcast elevation church, Steven furtick in North Carolina. I love my favorite podcast. I listened to a lot of spiritual things like that audio books to keep my mind where it needs to be. And here's the thing I do have that I don't think I used to have is when I feel myself straying off course. God brings me back and look keep the main thing the main thing remember your dad your husband? Yeah, you know, this business isn't everything cuz? Look, I have ups and downs like everybody does in business and relationships and you know, finances all that stuff and health. But I feel like you know, now at least I've got kind of an internal GPS guiding me. I didn't know that before. Brandon Handley 24:39 You mentioned like the health part. I know. I remember. One of the big parts too. When we first connected you were doing 100 laps, I think through the pool. Right? And that's, that's actually what I mean. I ended up doing it too, which is really funny. I ended up you know, swimming and doing a triathlon and, and getting healthy. You know, how's that tying into to kind of everything you're Going to Sam Crowley 25:00 Well, my wife and I joined this eight week fitness group six weeks ago and I weighed 210. But I've kind of purpose because I drove the car off the cliff with food night before I started going out to a big dinner and my wife and I weighed in at 210. down to 190. It's only been five weeks. We're on week six. Now, my wife and I've grown very close together through this because we're doing it together. I did drag her kicking and screaming. My wife is not overweight. She's like, I don't want to do this belly. Come on, let's do it. But she feels amazing. We feel amazing. We've gone closer we eat together now breakfast, lunch, dinner, because we got to eat the same types of foods and stuff. And I always think that, you know, health is so amazing. I'm 52 years old man. I feel like I'm 25 I'm not really I'm not just saying I really do I feel the aches and pains. And I get up a little bit in the morning that I didn't when I was younger, but I mean, I'm running three, four times a week I'm lifting three times a week. I feel like I could you know, get in a ring with a gorilla and beat the crap out of them. And I feel like I can outrun Roger Bannister, man, you know all of this at the same time. And I say all that jokingly because I can't do any of that. But health wise. Right now I feel I'm just getting healthier and stronger and my mind is sharper. And for example, I gave up cream. I never had sugar. I gave up sugar a long time I gave up sugar and pasta A long time ago still eat bread sometimes. Well, now I'm drinking black coffee. I'm not a black coffee guy at all like I can I wanted to vomit on the first day. I thought I'd have to have black coffee. Well not you get a little bit of you know, flavored coffee like cinnamon or snickerdoodle. Something like that. It doesn't count against you. It's all about that intermittent fasting. You know what I mean? Sure. So I'm a black coffee guy. Now I'll never go back to cream. I haven't had cream in six weeks. I haven't had sugar in six weeks outside of fruit. You know, natural sugar. Unknown Speaker 26:42 Feeling amazing. Brandon Handley 26:44 Imagine imagine putting cream in your wine. That's what you'd be doing now. Right? That's what it's like. I mean, cuz I've been a black coffee guy for years. And like, really? Oh, yeah. When I see put people put cream and sugar. I'm like, that's a Why would you ruin a good coffee? Sam Crowley 26:56 Dude, you should go to Dunkin because there are people who get 1213 sugars. Okay, I don't know if you've seen it. But I was in line the other day at Dunkin getting a black coffee leaf. Yeah, five sugars and on a Carmel swirl coffee which is all sugar itself. She leaves I go Oh my gosh. I said to the girl with it. Five sugar. She was a guy before he had 13 I go 13. Unknown Speaker 27:19 How to how do you even drink coffee with 13 sugars? stick with what we're doing to our body? Yeah. Brandon Handley 27:26 All that all that inclusive. All that included? So you mentioned you mentioned a couple of podcasts and what are some audibles? I guess that you like to keep your spirituality Mojo going, Sam Crowley 27:40 like audio books or podcasts or Brandon Handley 27:42 audio books, podcasts, resources that if you know the people looking for a spiritual bump, or as I like to call it spiritual dope, get their hit. Where would they go? Like what do you like? Sam Crowley 27:54 Well, I think there's a few Steven furtick. There's my number one, like I said, elevation church. I love it. Chris vallotton has some great audio books. The one I listened to recently was called poverty, riches and wealth. It's v as in Victor al L. Ott, O n Kris vallotton. Chris with a K. K ri s. And that's a great audio book. It's a biblically based book about poverty, riches and wealth. And it doesn't make you feel ashamed for being a wealthy Christian. Alright? Because God, God, God wants us to be prosperous. He just doesn't want us to idolize money. That's all. And so look, if there weren't any wealthy Christians, churches wouldn't be built hospital England and get funded things like that, you know, we need very, very wealthy people who know how to use that money for God's kingdom. So those are the types of audible audios that I search for our wealthy, both. I don't mean wealthy, just money wise, I mean, wealthy, but I'm not going to listen to somebody who says give all your money away. God doesn't want you to buy That's crazy. You know, God, we can't money is just a tool. It doesn't like the old adage I don't know who said it, but the government can sure knows how to ruin a good piece of paper, put an egg on it, you know, money. But, you know, it's just I like wealthy Christians who do good things. I mean, Rick Warren wrote Purpose Driven Life, you know, and that guy, reverse tide is 90% of his money gives away lives on 10%. Now I understand 10% of 10 million or whatever, the guy has a lot of money, but still, he's given away how many other people could make that much money and give away 90% you know, so those are the types of teachings I like to listen to. Brandon Handley 29:29 And that's powerful. That's powerful. Reminds me of a good a Buddhist Reverend on I talked to him every once in a while. And he talks about being able to give with wisdom, right? Not just not just like, give it all away. But to be able to give and know that it's going to a place that it's going to have an impact. It's like an investment in society. Right. where's this going to best? best best? best play out? Is it brother I don't have a whole lot for you today, man. It's been a minute I wanted to go. Yeah, well wanted to get you on and just, you know, thank you again for being the inspiration that you were, and are, and you continue to be for others and what it looks like to, you know, be a shining light and have a flourishing business. And that's something I think you've exemplified. Sam Crowley 30:15 Thank you. And it's great catching up with you, man. I appreciate that. Thank you so much. Brandon Handley 30:18 Absolutely. Where do I send people to go find the SAM Crowley? Sam Crowley 30:23 Dale, I've got a brand new video I put out at launch my movement.com and they could check out I will launch and your entire podcast for you. Brandon Handley 30:32 Well, well, wait a second. What's that look like? Sam Crowley 30:36 What's that look like? All you got to do is literally talk, I put everything together with a monetization plan to show you how to make six figures with your podcast. So all you got to do is literally just speak into the microphone that I tell you to buy. Even that Unknown Speaker 30:48 part is done. Wow. Wow. Okay, Sam Crowley 30:51 so it's a done for you podcast is program if you go to launch my movement calm. Brandon Handley 30:55 That's awesome, man. No, that's great. That's great. And the guys guys and girls. You know, Sam has been doing it for a long time. He is a coach for Tony Robbins. Right. Can I say that? You know, they're coaches on a podcast. Yeah. So I mean, you know, it's not like he's some dude, just like he may be doing I was basement and he is definitely like, is out there in a car in front of dunkin donuts. But uh, you know, you know, reach out to him because he's legit. He's been doing it for a long time. And if you've got a message that's on your heart, he can help you get that out there. And the part about like, it had been handheld, like to get through it. And with that kind of plan. That's awesome. Sam, thanks for putting that out there for people back. Being a good student. Dude. I remember when we I remember when we started working together three years ago. And I know that you were a bit apprehensive. I just know you were when we first started working together. Who's this guy? What am I getting myself into and look where we are over three years still friends, you know, Sam Crowley 31:54 talk, and we respect each other. And that's what happens when you get into a concurrent relationship with people on the internet. You know, you can have these long lasting friendships, and somebody can still pay you money. And that doesn't mean you look at them with $1 sign on their forehead, we you know, we'll be talking for a long time to come. So don't be afraid to put your message out there. you'll attract individuals like I attracted Brandon. And here we are three and a half, almost four years later, still in touch with each other. That's the power of building friendships out of client relationships. Unknown Speaker 32:25 Agree? Yeah. Transcribed by https://otter.ai

18:01:25 Artist Title Length Album Year Composer Lable Listeners 0:00:00 Airbag Sunsets 7:41 A Day at the Beach 2020 49 0:07:41 miwshowopen 1:10 49 0:12:07 Big Big Train Master James of St George (Live At Real World) 6:04 Wassail – EP 2015 English Electric Recordings 47 0:18:11 David and I How did you end up […]

18:01:25 Artist Title Length Album Year Composer Lable Listeners 0:00:00 Airbag Sunsets 7:41 A Day at the Beach 2020 49 0:07:41 miwshowopen 1:10 49 0:12:07 Big Big Train Master James of St George (Live At Real World) 6:04 Wassail – EP 2015 English Electric Recordings 47 0:18:11 David and I How did you end up […]

18:01:25 Artist Title Length Album Year Composer Lable Listeners 0:00:00 Airbag Sunsets 7:41 A Day at the Beach 2020 49 0:07:41 miwshowopen 1:10 49 0:12:07 Big Big Train Master James of St George (Live At Real World) 6:04 Wassail – EP 2015 English Electric Recordings 47 0:18:11 David and I How did you end up […]

 Audio RecordingSermon manuscript:The belief that the universe is eternal has been around for a very long time. The ancient Greek philosophers, Plato and Aristotle, taught that the universe has always existed. Plato believed that there was an infinite regression went all the way back into infinity. Aristotle taught that in the gray dawn of time there was a prime mover. Now all things are working themselves out of their own accord. Despite all our sophistication, our people have not gotten much further. The prime mover has been replaced by the big bang. Matter, time, space, and whatever other dimension there might be has always existed and always will exist. The universe is without beginning and without end. As it was in the beginning, it is now, and will be forever. Although I am telling you what is generally acceptable to the scientific community, it probably isn’t something that most people think about. That stuff is for philosophers and astrophysicists. Normal people don’t go around talking about this. What do normal people talk about? They talk about buying and selling, eating and drinking, marrying and being given in marriage, planting and building. That is to say that normal people are concerned with the everyday things of life. They do not look at the big picture. Their field of vision doesn’t go out that far. This is not a mundane coincidence, unimportant, a matter of taste, as we might assume. St. Paul speaks of the god of this age blinding the minds of unbelievers to keep them from clearly seeing the light of the Gospel of the glory of Christ, who is God’s image. How exactly does the devil, the god of this age, do this? Jesus’s words in our Gospel reading give us some insight. The people at the time of Noah were eating and drinking, marrying and being given in marriage, until the day when Noah entered the ark. Then the flood came and destroyed them all. Likewise, just as it was in the days of Lot: They were eating and drinking, buying and selling, planting and building, but on the day when Lot went out from Sodom, fire and sulfur rained down from heaven and destroyed them all. These people’s narrow field of vision, looking only to the everyday stuff, made it so that they were not able to see the signs of the times. They could not foresee the change of circumstances that was coming upon them because they assumed that all things would go on like they always have been. Generally speaking, all of you are practical people who do not wish to be concerned about big questions. You are concerned with your livelihood. You want to put food on the table, and pass along a nice inheritance to your kids. You want to get together with your family for Christmas. You don’t want to be bothered with philosophy, theology, or any other ivory tower subject. Since when did any of these things help anybody accomplish anything? They are totally impractical. But that only holds true based on the assumption that life will always go on as it always has. If people are going to go on forever, eating and drinking, buying and selling, and so on, then it would be a waste of time to consider any bigger questions—because it has already been decided that there are no bigger questions. All that matters is accumulating and consuming. But if this assumption is not true, then it is decidedly impractical not to consider it. It was very impractical, for example, that the people at the time of Noah were amassing fortunes and building up great institutions. The flood came and destroyed them all, in spite of all their hopes and dreams and hard work. Or, as Jesus says, “What does it profit a man to gain the whole world, but to lose his soul?” The Bible teaches that things will not always go on forever. The universe is not eternal. God created it from nothing. It has a starting point. It also has an ending point. On what will otherwise be an ordinary day Jesus will come on the clouds with great power and glory together with his angels. This old creation, which is groaning for its redemption, will be done away with, and there will be a new heavens and a new earth where righteousness dwells. Right in the middle of this great beginning and end of our world is the incarnation of the Son of God. He who has always been God, became man in the womb of the Virgin Mary. Jesus has redeemed us so that even though we have been and are sinners, we are forgiven and righteous before God for his sake through faith in him. In this way we are saved eternally like Noah and his family was saved, or like how Lot and his daughters were saved. Though the world is doomed to destruction for its sins, God plucks us out of death through his Son who became sin and death in our place. If this is true, then there is nothing more practical than repenting of our sins, being baptized, and believing in Jesus. For whoever believes and is baptized shall be saved. Whoever does not believe will be condemned. This also puts a different spin on what we are about in this world. Jesus says, “Do not lay up treasures for yourselves here on earth were rust and moth destroy and thieves break in and steal. Rather, lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven where neither rust nor moth destroy and thieves cannot break in and steal. Because where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.” And what are these treasures in heaven that Jesus is talking about? We will get a good indication of this next week with what Jesus says on Judgement Day to the sheep at his right. These treasures in heaven are the works of love and righteousness that are done by the saints. Jesus says that whoever offers a cup of water to a little one because he is Jesus’s disciple will by no means lose his reward. The sanctified lives of Christians, where they do their duty in the callings that God has given them—these lives are treasures, even though they remain unrecognized by anyone on this earth. The only one who notices is God. The world only notices anyone when he or she has unusual powers—great strength, great wealth, great beauty, and so on. Therefore only the highest and most unusual positions in society receive honor—presidents, CEOs, athletes, tycoons, so on and so forth. The world has no respect for a mother lovingly changing the diaper of her baby. Our schools give our high school girls annoying dolls to convince them that motherhood is an annoying, unimportant burden. The world has no respect for the worker at Walmart who does as he’s told. The same is true for factory workers, vegetable pickers, garbage collectors—any occupation where people work like dogs and are paid comparatively little. But God and Christians see things differently. Anybody who has been baptized and believes has had their whole life sanctified. For Jesus’s sake, all the work that Christians do in obedience toward God and in love for their neighbor is holy and precious in God’s sight. He treasures them. There is no shame whatsoever in any calling where God’s commandments are being obeyed. In fact, those who soil themselves with unrighteous dealings in order to get to the top of the heap and be recognized by the world will have a rude awakening. The first shall be last, and the last shall be first. In heaven there will be glorious saints, whom the world rejected as small and worthless. Such people may well be wives who submitted to their husbands as to the Lord, and husbands who loved their wives like Christ loves the Church. Children who served and obeyed, loved and cherished their father and mother. People who put up with abusive and difficult people—loving their enemies, not holding grudges, but going on with their selfless service. These are the great ones. Jesus says that if anyone should like to become great, then he must become a servant. Whoever wants to be first, must be a slave. Greatness is defined by God, and look at what he does. The Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many. Here you can see another aspect of that narrowing of the field of vision that I’ve already talked about. People become blind to the bigger questions of the nature of this universe because they are too busy eating and drink, buying and selling, and so on. So they miss the bigger things. On the other hand, they also miss the smaller things. They easily overlook acts of kindness, the lowly works of a slave. They do not do them, and they do not notice them. They are thought to be unimportant. What is thought to be important is getting accepted to Harvard, or winning in an athletic game, or getting a promotion. These are all things that are widely appreciated and congratulated. So you can see that the natural, fleshly field of vision is focused on me, myself, and I. How great am I? How rich am I? How will I be remembered? What might be said at my funeral? The Word of God is a bucket of cold water to all these thoughts. The Bible does not celebrate man’s greatness. Instead it says things like this: Man born of woman has a few short days, and they are full of anxiety. He blossoms like a flower, but soon withers. He recedes like a shadow and does not remain. Note what this says about us human beings. It says that we don’t live very long. While we live our happiness is always tainted. Our beauty is like a flower of the field. We are as insubstantial as a shadow. God’s Word pulls us out of our fantasy about ourselves. We are but flesh. We are destined for the grave. The striving after eternity that we might do on this earth whereby we try to leave our mark, or be remembered, or have our legacy, are all doomed to failure. To fight against this is to fight against God. And I don’t like your chances in such a fight. The horror of Judgement Day is the realization that our determination to live for ourselves and for our own happiness (which we are always so eager to do) will be judged as wanting. It won’t matter what anybody thinks or believes. God’s reality will be forcefully impressed upon all whether they like it or not. All God’s enemies must be put under his feet. But it is not as though God wants people to be or to remain his enemies. This is why he speaks to all who will hear beforehand, to warn them, to bring them to repentance and kindly invite them to believe in him. This is what God did at Noah’s time. This is what God did at Lot’s time. Nobody believed his Word, though, until it was too late. So also God speaks in our own time. How is it received? Is he believed to be a fool? To be impractical?  It is not good with us. Do you know that even among so-called Christians there are very few who believe that Christ will come again to judge the living and the dead? Very few believe in the resurrection of the dead. Thus, despite whatever they might say otherwise, they are not actually Christians. They cannot be Christians because they disbelieve in the very reasons why Christ came and did what he did. Christ came so that when we are judged we might be acquitted of our sins for Jesus’s sake. He came to defeat death as God’s punishment for sin, and to bring about the resurrection of those who have fallen asleep. Those who say that they are Christians but deny the very reasons why Christ came, are only fooling themselves. We’d like to believe that the universe is eternal because no sinner wants to be accountable. But God has set a limit to evil. He will not let evil go on forever. This is why he has done what he did in Jesus Christ. It is also the reason why Jesus will come again. God invites everyone to learn from him what is good and what is evil. Learn from him what he has promised to do now and in the future for your salvation. Then you will not meet that great day in horror—as though you were dealing with an enemy. Instead, you may experience it according to another picture that is used in the Bible—one we will hear about in a couple weeks. You may greet that day like a virgin waiting for the groom who loves her, and whom she loves in turn.

https://youtu.be/eXkhBwEBnpw Brandon Handley 0:00 So as we continue through the book, are you ready to succeed. And as we continue on to the second ripple, which is organizational change, we're gonna we're gonna look at how we can, you know, we can look at the idea of how we connect, and how that determines our lives. And then we also look at the idea of, how do we how do we determine how do we differentiate between a pure network contact, Brandon Handley 0:30 which are cultivated for connections and positions and and all this other stuff? Right? We go after the Hey, what do you do? Oh, man, you could really help me what I do, and let me see how I can use you. And your role for for my gain my company's gain, right versus a true contact, right? Which is gonna change our intention, how can I? How can I How can I help you out? What is it that you do? How can I help you close a gap? We look at Zig Ziglar. And his old saying, which was, you know, the more you help others to get what they need, the more you can get what you know, help others get what they want, so that you can get what you want type of thing. So that type of intention, and I love that srikumar Rao has in here, whatever you are trying to do, must bring spiritual and material growth to others, right? How can I help you to grow spiritually, and materially, because live that we we live in those two different worlds, and that's okay. And that is what's going to begin your organizational change, you know, to change how you connect, how do you connect, let go of the idea that you person or body that you are the orchestrator of the events, it goes back into kind of creating the serendipitous events, how we don't even know how we are here in existence, let go of the idea that you are the specific orchestrator of events. When when you know, so again, that also goes back to the idea of control what you can control. That's just kind of like your thoughts and emotions and reactions, responses, that type of thing. Everything outside of that. It's beyond your control. And again, this is this is this is coming at this with my current level of understanding. Okay, so second ripple, organizational change, when you have the right mixture of passion and detachment, as well as the acceptance of what really happens. So, look, I'm super excited to be involved with some of the technology that I'm involved with, and some of the ideas that I'm working on. But I'm not Unknown Speaker 3:04 attached Brandon Handley 3:07 to the outcome, being what I believe it needs to be right. So I think it should come out like this, or even a relationship or dinner, anything, right? I go out at night and get a flat tire, we should go out. I remember one night that Meg and I, you know, went out how to Uber and, you know, the, the date night, we hit a deer on the way home Buber driver hitting you know that that was you know, if I was would have been attached to a certain outcome, that outcome, that wouldn't have been the outcome, right. And I could have gotten angry or upset that that happened, right? I could have gotten angry the doober driver, you didn't dodge it or whatever. But I accepted it. We accepted it of what really happened. And again, in technology, or, you know, in the sales business, wherever you are, you know, you've got a great idea I made this video, this is what I'm creating. I'd love for it to have thousands and millions of views. Maybe maybe one maybe get zero views and and that's got to be okay, I'm not doing it just for the likes, or the or any of it. I'm doing it because I enjoy it. I'm doing it because I believe that there's value for you to go through it as well. I believe there's value in these concepts and ideas. And the more that I learned about them, the more that I put them into my own mind, the more that I could bring bring into the world with them, if that makes sense. All right. So also think about the idea and like he says, you know, in an army, you know, you create these different connections, right you can, you've gone through this organizational change, and army will show up to support you the moment that you need it. You ever, you know, once you realize that you're not the person that needs to To create and do it all, soon as you realize that you're a member of a team, and you're willing to be a supporter in that team. This is something that I, you know, eight years working at Cisco, I think taught me. So I went in there and I just wanted to help and Unknown Speaker 5:19 do Brandon Handley 5:20 do well with others and help them along. And, and the idea is that it wasn't for just six, I just wanted to help. That's wanted to make sure that the work that I was doing, was helping another person, get their sales, again, helping them to get what they need, so that I get what I wanted type of thing. But not even that wasn't even even wasn't even done with that intent. I just wanted to do the work. And I want to do it because these were good people. And, and they showed it all the time, I they would turn back around, and they would support me all the time. How but it also reminds me to have the idea of an army of angels that I had an interview with like a Mar, the deal is like, Listen, whatever you're putting out there, as long as you're putting out there, like good stuff, you're supporting others and trying to help others. The moment you need them, the moment you need that army of angels, they are going to show up and support you. In the in the chapter of an ideal life under organizational change, he's got a James Allen quote, about the golden opportunities that will present themselves on your path. And honestly, this is always happening, going back up to the idea that there's going to be obstacles in your way, those obstacles. Man, I really, I still don't like the book. But you know, the obstacle is the way that obstacle, that challenge is, is the golden opportunity. What is it that's in there, if there's an obstacle in there, it's going to take some type of growth out from you from your team, from your ability to change perspectives, you simply need to identify it as such, and move forward on that, can I make this larger, let me make this larger. On the screen that is so that's that James Allen, quote, golden opportunities present themselves on your path. As you continue through, going through this, this change, right books and other aids, will, that you need, will come to you unsought. also understand that the books for reflect Unknown Speaker 7:27 your current Brandon Handley 7:28 level of understanding, and often contains the keys that you seek. I think of this in the terms of, look, I went through my awakening or conscious change, you know, that was a pretty dramatic, I don't, I didn't, I didn't understand the language that I needed to use, I couldn't understand it, because I hadn't been exposed to it before. I had no understanding. And I needed I need to these books that again, this is one of the books that came to, to my, to my aid, so that I could go ahead and I could grow in it, and could learn. So as we've got the, you know, the different levels of understanding that you're going to get from these books. You know, again, you're you've already got kind of queries in your mind, right? You've already got thought thoughts and ideas of how things are working, you've already got different ways of understanding. And what you're looking for is how do you teach that to others? How can you share that out? Right? I can't tell you the number of books that have just, that just continue to pop up in my life for the past like three, three and a half, four years that have helped me to understand Unknown Speaker 8:58 me, Brandon Handley 8:58 right, who've helped me to understand all of all, all of what I'm going through with you right now. In Are you ready to succeed? And, you know, movies, anything really once once you once you kind of develop this, this idea of any you don't even notice it right? Really, this is kind of looking forward if you haven't already seen this for yourself. So Steve Jobs quote is you you can only connect the dots going backwards. Another interesting just kind of a tidbit here, my kids read this book, Deuteronomy Stilton. And what was interesting and I thought that it was cool that they did this they they needed keys to the crystal cavern or something like that. And and there was a crystal key that they have to find within the book. Right that that seed is planted in their mind that the keys are within the book, right? They had to find these images of the the key Within the book, and you know, they don't see it that way right now I guarantee it, right. But my current level of understanding is, Wow, that's really cool that they put actual keys within the book that would help them to unlock different different things. And that's probably not the way the author intends it. But it could be wrong. This book will help you to powerfully connect in ways so that you are in harmony with your values. And to me it has, and I believe, I believe for you that it could otherwise otherwise I wouldn't be taken this much effort to to share it all out with you. If your current level of connecting is, you know, how can that person benefit me in my life? How can I go to network to you know, climb a ladder type of mentality? Can you get there and that way? Yes. How will you feel in the end? You know, can you get there? And what's that going to look like? That's a you know, that's just a question that I've got for you versus, you know, we talked about the different ways that we connect right and how to differentiate that become a light that intersects with other lights creating a unified and brighter spot the ideas of like different spotlights on the stage, the idea of you being a light spotlighting somebody else. And what's great for them out there. When you know, you're driving up a vehicle, car, when you have the headlights go they they are they are set so that they they they intersect each other in a brighter space in front of the vehicle. So they will you know, you could do you have to manually adjust them, at least you did at one point so that they face is called light alignment. And you need to adjust those headlights so that they intersect at a certain place where the beams will intersect facing down in front of you. And where they intersect. They create a brighter light and they work together as a team. So if you're working again as a team and not as an individual, as a part of the greater whole, as a part of the all then you you will create that stronger ripple that was discussed. Transcribed by https://otter.ai

We can become the observer of our thoughts, and when we can step into this higher level of consciousness, we can unlock the keys to our behavior and create from a place of intentionality. We switch from Reacting to Responding. For a full transcript and show notes, head to: www.thrive.how/podcast138In this episode Kate is talking through this concept of becoming the observer, and addresses: What does it mean to split from our thoughts and switch to being the observerIf I am not my thoughts, then who the hell am I?How else we can think about the observerWhy this is useful, and how it can impact our livesPaths we can following to begin to integrate this ideaKate specifically mentions the following tools and resources: Episode #62 of Here to Thrive with Andrea Featherstone on Deconstructing Mindfulness. Eckhart Tolle's book - A New Earth. Link here: https://www.amazon.com/dp/0452289963/?ref=exp_kate.snowise_dp_vv_dSteven C. Hayes book on ACT - A Liberated Mind. Link here: https://www.amazon.com/dp/073521400X/?ref=exp_kate.snowise_dp_vv_dThe Oprah & Eckhart New Earth Podcast. Link here: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/oprah-and-eckhart-tolle-a-new-earth/id1458654443---To learn more about Kate Snowise and Thrive.How head to www.thrive.how See acast.com/privacy for privacy and opt-out information.

Jesus Has Spark(Parody of queen of broken hearts by blackbear)Original by: Andrew Goldstein & Matthew MustowLord, hear this praise, both rhyme and song.Holy, Holy, who You are.Worship Your name, in church and heart.Kingdom reigns, Jesus has spark.When it comes to cups, You runneth over.Your Holy Ghost, is anointing.Your love changes, who I can be.I’m so thankful, that You’re with me.Good measure, pressed down, shaken together, and running over.You fill me up, apt and swiftly. To know Your name, I feel lucky.Cause with Your sacrifice, I’ve been set free.Lord, hear this praise, both rhyme and songHoly, Holy, who You are.Worship Your name, in church and heart.Kingdom reigns, Jesus has spark.Hear this praise, both rhyme and song.Holy, Holy, who You are.Worship Your name, in church and heart.Kingdom reigns, Jesus has spark.Hear this praise, both rhyme and song.Holy, Holy, who You are.Worship Your name, in church and heart.Kingdom reigns, Jesus has spark.Protecting Daniel from lions, ravenously hungry.An immaterial boy, You’ve got glory.Give, and it will be given back to Thee. It’s invaluable, what You’ve shown me.How to be myself, like You made me. Your intercession, ancient but enchanting.Just ask Him, and He’ll change your story.He taught me to fast to get through my mourning.Lord, hear this praise, both rhyme and song.Holy, Holy, who You are.Worship Your name, in church and heart.Kingdom reigns, Jesus has spark.Hear this praise, both rhyme and song.Holy, Holy, who You are.Worship Your name, in church and heart.Kingdom reigns, Jesus has spark.Hear this praise, both rhyme and song.Holy, Holy, who You are.Worship Your name, in church and heart.Kingdom reigns, Jesus has spark.Satisfy, Satisfy, Satisfy, my thirst.Can’t deny, better than I deserve.Died to set our souls free.Through His bloodshed, gave eternity.Satisfy, Satisfy, Satisfy, my thirst.Can’t deny, better than I deserve.Died just to set our souls freeThrough His bloodshed, gave eternity.Hear this praise, both rhyme and song.Holy, Holy, who You are. Worship Your name, in church and artKingdom reigns, Jesus has spark.Lord, hear this praise, both rhyme and song.Holy, Holy, who You are.Worship Your name, in church and heart.Kingdom reigns, Jesus has spark.How can I?How can I reflect Your spark?How can I? How can I reflect You spark?How can I?How can I reflect You?Through exhalation,How can I reflect Your spark?Written by Meliss Smith (AKA Melzy of Wonderland on Youtube & Mel’s Music on Spreaker, Spotify, Apple Pocasts, Facebook, etc.)

Chris Yadon is the executive Director of the Younique Foundation in Lehi, Utah, and a former stake president. Their mission is to "inspire hope in women who were sexually abused as children or adolescents by providing healing services through educational retreats, support groups, and online resources. [They] educate and empower parents and caregivers to protect children from sexual abuse through community and online resources. [They also] advocate for open discussions about sexual abuse through community dialogue and social awareness." The Younique Foundation was founded by the same founders of the Younique Beauty Company due to their desire to fight against sexual abuse and it’s devastating consequences. Highlights 2:20 Background of the Younique Foundation. 4:27 How did you get involved in working with Non-profit organizations? “We need to become experts in combating pornography.” Finding a connection between pornography and sexual abuse or exploitation. 7:05 Statistics – realizing the magnitude of sexual abuse 1:4 girls and 1:6 boys will be sexually abused before the age of 18. 9:00 What constitutes abuse? “any unwanted coercion or force into sexual activity” 10:50 Where does sexual abuse come from? Who is doing it? 80-90% of sexual abuse is coming from trusted family relationships in other words someone in the family or someone the family knows. 10-20% is perpetrated by unknown individuals aka “stranger danger” What is often uncomfortable and hard for families to realize is that it is usually people in your circle ( ie.coach, teacher, uncle, older sibling, older sibling’s friend, a person at church, etc…) 12:00 Other foundational knowledge for leaders in the church. It happens in the church. It happens to church members. It happens to families that are engaged with their children. As a parent, you can do everything “right” and it can still happen. It happens in every race, religion, culture, every socio-economic group. The statistics do not change from one group to another. 13:15 Is there a correlation of sexual abuse to the church’s culture, structure, or habits of the church? The church as an organization has been putting a tremendous effort into addressing and preventing abuse in positive ways. How individual congregations can apply the church’s policies and guidelines can be more problematic. Sexual abuse is typically a crime of opportunity. 16:00 When a leader stands up against abuse it gives members permission to speak openly about their experiences. Distinguishing between a secondary issue (behavior) versus the primary issue (trauma). 20:00 Combating pornography In almost every case of pornography addiction or compulsion, there were some early trauma issues (death, divorce, sexual abuse, physical abuse, neglect) A church leader’s role is not to combat the root trauma but to refer members to professionals who can 23:10 As a leader how approachable am I? How do I start talking about it? Have conversations of healthy sexuality that include sexual abuse as part of that conversation. Be direct. Educate parents on how to educate their children. The use of professionals in committees to aid leaders. 28:05 How do leaders get to root issues so members can receive the proper help they need? Listen first. Don’t dig into details initially. Ask good secondary open-ended questions. ( “tell me about when this started”, “What was going on in your life the first time this happened”, “tell me more”, “help me to understand”, etc.) 30:00 3 things a survivor of sexual abuse needs to hear. You are not crazy. I believe you. There is hope and healing. Resources that can help. 32:50 Repentance at its core is change. You can’t stay at the behavior level and expect true and lasting change 34:10 What can youth leaders, Elders Quorum, or Relief Society Presidents do to help?

Charles Chen is a TV Host, Traveling Chef, Wellness Expert, Creator of Dinner Club based in Los Angeles & New York City. At one point in his life, Charles struggled with his health and weighed up to 260 pounds. Charles was pre-diabetic, lethargic, and had no motivation. Since then Charles has lost over 100 pounds, reclaimed his health through adopting a whole foods lifestyle and now passionate about helping others live their best life! Charles was pre-diabetic, lethargic, and had no motivation. Since then Charles has lost over 100 pounds, reclaimed his health through adopting a whole foods lifestyle and now passionate about helping others live their best life! Favorite Success Quote “Our deepest fear is not that we are inadequate, our deepest fear is that we are powerful beyond measure” ~Marriane Williamson Key Points 1. You Have the Power to Change Your Story in an Instant How long does it take to change your life? Does it take months, years, decades? Or is it possible to change your life and your story in an instant and with one single decision? I believe that all change happens in an instant. You have the ability to elevate your life and transform your story in a single heartbeat whenever you decide that enough is enough, whenever you realize that you physically cannot continue living life the way that you have been living. And this moment comes at different times for every person reading this. Maybe your transformation was/will be precipitated by a divorce, a heart attack, a bankruptcy or another catastrophic event. Or maybe it will be something much simpler and (for you) more profound. Your story may change one morning when you look at yourself in the mirror and don’t like what you see. It might come whenever your wife or girlfriend asks if you really love them. Or maybe it will come when you wake up with a hangover for the sixth day in a row and realize that there has to be more to life. But for some of you, you will never have these life-shattering events or enlightened moments of self-reproach. For some of you, you must make the conscious decision that you are going to change your story. No matter where you are in your life, you have the power to change everything in an instant. If you have strong enough reasons and a powerful plan of action, you will succeed. 2. Discover Who You Really Are Know thyself. This is a tenant and axiom of life that is almost as old as life itself. But how many of us actually take the time to apply it? How many of us take the time out of our “busy” days that are filled to the brim with social media, meaningless sitcoms, and endless distractions to actually sit alone with ourselves in silence and ask the question “Who am I?”? How many of delve deep into our own consciousness and psyche to discover who we really are and, more importantly, who we want to become? Self-knowledge is the key to achieving success in every area of your life, and if you are not consciously taking time out of every day to sit in silence, meditate, and dive into your mind, then you are on a path that can only end in failure. 3. Take Full Responsibility for Yourself Did you ever see the movie “Finding Nemo”? Do you remember the part where Nemo gets stuck in the filter? As he slaps his fins around helplessly all of the tank’s other occupants rush to help him, all except one. The jaded old “Gill” comes over and orders every other fish in the tank to let Nemo find his own way out stating “You got yourself in there and you can get yourself out”. Despite Nemo’s pleas and cries to the contrary, he eventually summons up the courage to pull himself out of the filter swim to safety. Later in the movie, this simple action was all that it took to give Nemo the courage that he needed to escape captivity and be reunited with his father. And while comparing your life to a movie about a missing fish might sound overly simplistic, the world’s greatest lessons are often shared in the simplest ways. One of life’s simplest truths is this: If you want to be successful then you must take full responsibility for everything in your life and everything not in your life.  Your results are yours and yours alone. Your choices determined the body, bank account, and relationships that you have right now. And as soon as you are willing to admit this, you are able to take the leap forward and elevate your life. As soon as you take responsibility you realize that you also have the ability to change the way that things are. 4. Always be the ‘Dumbest’ Person in the Room Success requires a borderline sadistic commitment to intentional “self-deprecation.” And no I don’t mean that you should constantly be putting yourself down or joking about your poor sexual performance. What I mean is that the quickest way to success is to push yourself “down” and surround yourself with people who bring you up. It is all too easy to gain a little bit of success, let it go to your head, and then surround yourself with people who are impressed by your accolades and accomplishments. It is much harder to have the humility to put yourself in a room where you are out of your element, where everyone around you is more successful and more grounded, and to listen to what those people have to say. Surround yourself with people who challenge you to be better, not people who are enamored with who you already are. 5. Turn Pro If you want to succeed, if you want to be the best, if you want to be a professional is your field… You must start to see yourself as such. Because the simple truth is that how you see yourself is how you will show up in the world. If you see yourself as a professional and cultivate the habits and mindsets of a professional in your field, then those are the results that you will achieve. If you see yourself as a “dabbler” or an amateur, then that is how you will play the game and you will constantly be held by back by your own limited perception. Turn pro. See yourself as an A+ player, cultivate the right habits and mindsets, and your ‘game’ will never be the same.

Hey there! Please Follow this podcast! This is Tharun. In the Developer Tharun Podcast, I talk about programming, web development and related fields. Thank you for Listening In this Episode How did I start Web development? My Journey until here Who am I? How did I start content creation? And more... Thank you for listening to my Podcast. Follow my podcast if you find it helpful. Check out my other episodes. I talk abour programming, web development, data science and other experiences of mine with programming. YouTube: https://youtube.com/c/developerTharun Blog Article on: https://tharunshiv.com Instagram: @developerTharun Dev.to: https://dev.to/developertharun Udemy: https://www.udemy.com/user/tharun-shiv/ LinkedIn: https://linkedin.com/in/tharunshiv

TITLE Are You An Emotional Chameleon? The Importance of Identity For the Highly Sensitive Person GUEST Jeannette Folan EPISODE OVERVIEW HSPs can be emotional chameleons.  Jeannette talks about why she believes identity plays such an important role in the well-being of the Highly Sensitive Person.  She explains how we begin to understand our true identity, and how it benefits us to identify as spiritual beings having a human experience.  Jeannette provides practices we can use in our everyday lives to see through our spiritual lens, and ways we can stay in the present moment.  She also provides a powerful tool to gain perspective when things feel really big.  HIGHLIGHTS Why do you believe identity plays such an important role in the HSP’s well-being? How can we begin to understand our true identity? How does it benefit us to identify as a spiritual being having a human experience versus being a human being having a spiritual experience? What practices or activities can we incorporate into our everyday life to see through our spiritual lens? Grounding with the earth Using google world Zoom into your house and imagine yourself at home with your problems Zoom out to see your block, and think about your neighbors Zoom out more to see your community (where you shop, get gas, walk around) Continue to zoom out until your house is a spec to gain perspective Jeannette learned she was an HSP in the last 7 years She was deeply affected by the feelings and emotions of her parents and siblings There was no sense of where she ended and where they began She felt like an emotional chameleon Who am I as an individual? Half of the HSP population grew up in an insecure environment per Dr. Aron’s research Who am I? How does your energy change when you’re with others? How do I feel as a whole person? Body work—what’s happening inside (mind/body connection) Do 1 thing I can control Breathwork Making the shift to feeling power and strength and having more compassion as a helper instead of needing help When big events happen in the world, we begin to act as one The Butterfly Effect Grounding—using the energy of the earth Who am I to God/Universe? Who is God/Universe to me? What effect does God/Universe have on my relationship to myself? What effect does God/Universe have on my relationship with others? God/spirituality the Collective is bigger than I am Change from being reaction to creative and proactive Change from being unsure and uncertain and a victim to knowing I am a valuable part of humanity Claim my body as one thing I can control This is happening for me instead of because of me When you wake up, name things you see in the room—this puts you in the present moment Accept that what we did was for survival; the taming was for survival It may not serve us anymore GUEST BIO Jeannette Folan discovered she was a Highly Sensitive Person in 2014. At the time, she was dealing with depression and some addictive behavior. Committed to learning how to heal and break free from her mental health struggles, she immersed herself in the world of sensitivity and spirituality.  Within two years, she closed her marketing business and published her first novel, Diary of a Teenage Empath: The Awakening.  Since then, she has authored and co-authored several books and workbooks for children, teens and adults. In 2017, she became an Integrative Health Coach and began leading a support group for HSPs in her community of Halifax, Nova Scotia. Along with her mentor, Dr. Wendy Nickerson, she developed the first-ever accredited HSP Certification Training Program for mental health professionals, which, to date, has been completed by professionals in seven countries. Jeannette is an active member of the Association for Comprehensive Energy Psychology, where she presents workshops for mental health professionals and school teachers and administrators to gain a better understanding of the unique challenges and therapeutic approaches for highly sensitives. She is a dedicated advocate, working to support the professionals who are supporting the valuable HSP population. PODCAST HOST Patricia Young works with Highly Sensitive People (HSPs) helping them to understand their HSP traits, and turning their perceived shortcomings into superpowers. Patricia is a Licensed Clinical Social Worker, and Coach, who is passionate about providing education to help HSPs and non-HSPs understand and truly appreciate the amazing gifts they have to offer. Patricia works globally online with HSPs providing coaching. Patricia also facilitates online groups for HSPs that focus on building community and developing skills (identifying your superpowers, boundaries, perfectionism, dealing with conflict, mindfulness, embracing emotions, creating a lifestyle that supports the HSP, communication and more). LINKS Jeannette’s Links empathdiary.com www.facebook.com/AuthorJeannetteFolan Patricia’s Links HSP Online Course--https://unapologeticallysensitive.com/hsp-online-groups/ To write a review in itunes: click on this link https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/unapologetically-sensitive/id1440433481?mt=2 select “listen on Apple Podcasts” chose “open in itunes” choose “ratings and reviews” click to rate the number of starts click “write a review” Website-- https://unapologeticallysensitive.com/ Facebook-- https://www.facebook.com/Unapologetically-Sensitive-2296688923985657/ Closed/Private Facebook group Unapologetically Sensitive-- https://www.facebook.com/groups/2099705880047619/ Closed/Private Facebook group for therapists and healers—Unapologetically Sensitive Therapist’s Group-- https://www.facebook.com/groups/208565440423641/ Instagram-- https://www.instagram.com/unapologeticallysensitive/ Youtube-- https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCOE6fodj7RBdO3Iw0NrAllg/videos?view_as=subscriber e-mail-- unapologeticallysensitive@gmail.com Show hashtag--#unapologeticallysensitive Music-- Gravel Dance by Andy Robinson www.andyrobinson.com

Drew McCalla, Student Pastor at Highpoint Church Memphis- East Campus on the topic of forgiveness. Why should I? How can I? I could never!

Quick show notes Our Guest: Obinna Ekwuno What he'd like for you to see: His Egghead videos His JAMstack Jams: Gatsby Cloud | Netlify His Musical Jam: KOTA the Friend | Fela Kuti Transcript Bryan Robinson 0:03 Hello, everyone, welcome to the next amazing episode of That's My Jamstack the podcast where we ask the age old question, what's your jam in the Jamstack? On today's episode, we talked with the amazing Obinna Ekwuno is a software engineer for Gatsby, a media developer expert, egghead instructor and an accessibility advocate. Bryan Robinson 0:24 Before we dive into that interview, let me take a second to thank our sponsor this week, TakeShape, stick around after the episode to find out more about their content platform, or head over to takeshape.io/thatsmyjamstack for more information. Bryan Robinson 0:40 Obinna, thanks for thanks for being on the podcast with us today. Obinna Ekwuno 0:44 Happy to be here. Bryan Robinson 0:45 Awesome. So tell us a little about yourself. What do you do for work? What do you do for fun? That kind of thing? Obinna Ekwuno 0:50 Oh, um, so I am a software engineer at GatsbyJS. I work on the DevRel team. I originally joined Gatsby to work on the learning team. Like building stuff with like documentation, writing some documentation and working on like plugin automating workflows and like all of those interesting stuff, trying to like make like documentation better for like people to, like, get more information out of out of Gatsby. But now I work on like the DevRel team, which is like really cool, because like, I still do some of the learning work, but like also, like more DevRel right now. Um, that's what I do for work. Obinna Ekwuno 1:25 For fun, like, I like to write poetry. So I just, you know, write poems, hang out my friends. I I started getting into gaming a few months ago, my friend gave me his ps4 to like, try out some games. So yeah, that's that's what I do for fun right now. Bryan Robinson 1:41 So what kind of poetry are you writing? Obinna Ekwuno 1:44 I'm mostly like mostly melancholic poems like just, you know, I'm just writing I'm documenting like, life as a Nigerian boy growing up in Nigeria and you know, just just, you know, writing more for my myself, my future self done, like anybody really Bryan Robinson 2:01 Awesome, I believe of everyone that we've, we've talked to you're the first person who said that poetry is what you do in your spare time. So that's, that's awesome. Obinna Ekwuno 2:09 Thank you. Bryan Robinson 2:10 And then with Gatsby, so you said you were originally on the learning team and the devrel team. That's been an interesting thing that I've heard about Gatsby, what's the main difference between, say, the Education team and and DevRel? Because I've always felt that those kind of overlap in some ways? Obinna Ekwuno 2:26 Yeah. So like, there's not like so much difference is because when working out like when I was working on like, the learning team, because we're still trying to like flesh out the DevRel team at Gatsby, so learning was more like, you know, writing documentation, speaking, podcasts, all of those interests interfacing, like the community, so it was kind of like, it was more like DevRel but then at the same time, like actually having to write documentation as part of your job. But, so like, that's like, those, those are like the, the parts are like overlapped but like so that's why it was really easy for to transition from like learning things. There. Because like it was just same thing I started doing originally, but like, you know, with like, Oh, this is not what you're supposed to do full time. Bryan Robinson 3:07 So let's, let's talk about the the Jamstack a little bit. So what was your entry point into this idea of the Jamstack? Or maybe your static sites? How did you kind of enter this world? Obinna Ekwuno 3:16 Yeah, so, um, I think that was like, two years ago, when I had been writing, like, React for a bit. And, you know, it was really, um, it was really because I had to, I don't, I didn't have like a traditional entry into like tech. Obinna Ekwuno 3:30 I studied engineering in school, and like, it was really in uni. And like, it was really confusing to like, learn how to code. So I was writing, like, React after learning, like a lot of JavaScript. And then, you know, someone just came up one day while I was like, hanging out my friends from computer science, and they were like, hey, look at this cool stuff called Gatsby. Like, what is like The Great Gatsby like the movie, like who would name something who would never framework out of like a movie, but then you know, that then I you know, got into like the documentatioon. And you know, just really just kept going from there. So like Gatsby was like my first introduction to like, oh, when I saw that I think the thing that really got me into it was seeing that I didn't have to like worry about routes anymore. The whole the whole put put the file in the page folder and becomes a router. It got it got me. I was like, What? Yes, this is how I want to build Bryan Robinson 4:20 It definitely. Like I when I got my first intro into like some of the React stuff. I just, I didn't want to handle routing. That was like the worst thing about building a single page application. And now with Gatsby is just drag and drop almost Bryan Robinson 4:33 So when you were studying at university, you said you were like software engineering. Were you specifically looking to get into went into the web world? Or were you looking to do other things with that? Obinna Ekwuno 4:44 So um, I was studying electronics and computer engineering, and you know, like having having so I was doing more of like, smaller electronics like, you know, smaller sector boards, how do waveforms work, all of those things. Interesting stuff that I never really paid attention to. Well, but the thing is like with me, like naturally, I'm just really I'm really curious. So at first I didn't even want to like I didn't know what tech was about, I just really just wanted to be a network engineer. So I was learning a lot about TCP and IPs and network layers and all those like interesting stuff, Voice over IP, you know, the cool things for me at that time, then, I got into like tech, when one of my, my classmates was because I was just going to like, the classes to get my degree, like because I was good at math and physics. And you know, engineering just came like, Oh, that's what you're supposed to do. Obinna Ekwuno 5:34 But then when I really go into like, my classmate taught me to write HTML. And I learned HTML, I was like, Oh, my God, then I go, I go to CSS and I'm like, what's sorcery is this? How, how does this happen? You know, so I've always I think the thing that really got me here was like, always wanting to because everything excites me with like, when it comes to like tech, so like, always know, what's the next thing I can do? How can I use this in another way? So like, that's like, what's really interesting That's, that's what really got me into like, where I am now. Bryan Robinson 6:03 Very cool. So obviously working at Gatsby, your day to day deals a lot with the Jamstack. But how specifically, are you using the Jamstack professionally? How are you using it personally? What are you kind of doing nowadays? Obinna Ekwuno 6:15 Yeah, so um, I first like my, like building on stuff like Jamstack was like kind of building stuff for Gatsby was how I got to like the Jamstack. I like now because like, I work on the on the documentation. So like before, you have to actually write documentation, you kind of need to like test out or you're writing about and actually know if it works. So that's like most of the stuff that I do professionally with the Jamstack. So maybe if you're trying to document how a plugin works like you're actually running up a Gatsby, you're firing up a Gatsby demo site, trying to like implement this plugin, seeing use cases, questions that people might have about implementation and all of those like cool stuff. And mostly on testing out tutorials. When you write, you're trying to write a tutorial on how to use this With Gatsby, I would have to, like, you know, have to understand how this works, and then test it out, build it out and then write the documentation for that. So that's like how I work with it professionally. Um, and mostly just like educating people on it. Obinna Ekwuno 7:13 Personally, I have I have a personal sites that have I have been working my friend always laughs at me every time I mentioned my personal site, because I've been working on this site for like, for like, the past year. And the reason why I haven't really competed is that every time I feel like it's ready, I see some other thing I learned. I work on like, Oh, I want to add this to my site and then I just keep I keep test using it to test stuff. I do recent thing that is really getting me excited is Gatsby recipes. So like that's what I was like, oh, cool, how do I you know, just out of curiosity, how do I remove everything in the Gatsby config js and try to make try to see if I can make like a recipe out of like all of those things. So that's so that's how I use it personally, just I use my I use my site, as like a testing field for everything. Bryan Robinson 8:02 Very cool. I've actually seen a lot recently about how your personal site should be your, like development garden. Like you shouldn't think of it as like a final final place for things that just you should be pruning it and planting new seeds and all sorts of stuff. It's a cool analogy. Obinna Ekwuno 8:18 A good a good example would be this a colleague of mine, Josh. Josh writes a lot about his, um, his like, on this personal site and he adds like a bunch a lot of like, awesome features on that. And like I just whenever I think of my personal site, I'm like, I want I want my sites look like Josh is on. Because he just, you know, he works on like the cloud team, I got to be and then every new awesome feature that's coming up, he just uses a site to test it out. So yeah, Bryan Robinson 8:48 So obviously you're working at Gatsby, but what what would you say kind of your jam in the Jamstack?What's your favorite service or product? Or maybe it's like a philosophy what what do you enjoy the most about the idea of the Jamstack Obinna Ekwuno 9:00 I love that like the Jamsttack community is kind of like it because it's like relatively new, per se. It's like a place where people, you know, the entry level is like, it's not it's not so high. And like the community is really willing to like help people learn more about it because the community is actually just green. I think of like the the companies actually like leveraging of the Jamstack like Netlify, for example. It's like a company started in 2014. Gatsby gate became a company in 2018. Most, most of the technologies that we're using and stuff that we're still figuring out how do we want to make this like, for like, the, what's the code for like community, so I love that, like, the Jamstack community is really, um, it's really trying its best to educate and curious people along and make things simpler. Obinna Ekwuno 9:46 Um, my favorite service at this time and I don't mean to sound salesy, but then I really am in love with like Gatsby cloud, to be honest, because like, like, it's done like, I mean, the first time I heard about it, I thought it was I thought something else, like I don't know what it was, but like right now I'm just appreciating what's like what it does, we like build times and how it helps what's it called: developers like interface with content creators and all of that. I also really love Netlify, because like, I could host stuff without even without even understanding what CI and CD, like all of those DevOps, whatever related, you know, and I just really love that like, um, another thing I love about the Jamstack is like, the thing it does with so I can have different services coming to like a website's site without having to like worry about how those services run under the hood. Like I could host images on Cloudinary. do stuff like Gatsby, try new stuff for like, Auth0, you know, just what I need into where it is. Bryan Robinson 10:51 So out curiosity, so obviously run the speed of Gatsby Cloud is kind of important. It's obviously tooled up to run Gatsby? But kind of how have you been feeling? That's a relatively new product. And I don't actually know a whole lot about it like, What? What's been kind of some of the biggest advantages that you've seen playing with it? Obinna Ekwuno 11:11 Yeah, so, um, Gatsby cloud launched like last year. And like, we recently just shipped a new feature called incremental builds, which is like, really what excites me the most, because what incremental builds offices, so usually whenever you have to, like build, like a site, you know, static sites are fast, like relatively fast, depending on how much data you have, like there. It's, it's fast, but then gets me with incremental builds is trying to like push the limits of what we actually call fast. Obinna Ekwuno 11:43 So incremental builds, like what Gatsby does is also you've built a site, and then cool you build a site in like 22 seconds. That's all right. And then you want to make like a content change. So for example, you kind of do like a content change and then usually what will happen is that your site will be Build for every content change you make. But then what incremental builds offers is that for every content change, it really just compares, like the difference between the first build, and like the new edits that you've done. So I like to think of it in the react and the virtual DOM, um, play of how hot reloads of like, Oh, we measure what's what, what change versus what was, and then just build whatever changed. And that will reduce like, build time. Obinna Ekwuno 12:25 So you could have like, the first build is 22 seconds, the next build can be five seconds. And when you think obviously, like five, six pages, it's, it's, you know, it's cool, but then think of it in like 1000 pages, that that would save you like a lot of time and Gatsby also launched something will it build, which is like, a, like a benchmark site to see, to kind of know how many so if I had like 2000 pages on my on my sites, how long would it theoretically take to build this? So you can actually see that and then yeah, that's that's really wasteful. To me like, and it's awesome when you get the opportunity to walk for a product that you really like love that really just makes you happy. So yeah, definitely. Bryan Robinson 13:09 Yeah. And that's like one of the one of the biggest naturally one of the biggest arguments, but one of the one of the strongest arguments against some, like the static site generation stuff is, well, you know, it's great for little toy sites. But when you get editor, enterprise sites with thousands of pages, it can take forever. But if it's incremental, and it's only generating one new page when you do that, that's beautiful. Obinna Ekwuno 13:29 Exactly. Yeah. That's what makes me happy about that's what I love about the Jamstack. Like, we're always just trying to look for new ways to make things better. So when you so when you think when you think this cannot go past this level, boom, it's something else. Bryan Robinson 13:44 Always kind of standing on the last iteration, and making it better for the for the developer to work with it but also, because it's so powerful and because like the Jamstack is so so quick for performance and all sorts of stuff ends up making the the end user happier, too. Bryan Robinson 14:01 So what's your what's your actual jam right now? What is what's in your headphones where you listen to or your favorite artists? what's what's going on there? Obinna Ekwuno 14:08 So, um, um, cuz because like I write like a little poetry, I tend to listen to a lot of like, poets. Mostly I listened to poetry but like, also listen to rap because I like I call it conscious rap was kind of like those kind of rap songs where actually you kind of feel like you're in tune with the artists. And it's not just the beat that you're listening to. So currently, right now, I listen to a lot of Kota the Friend which is like he's he's like an independent artists out of New York. You know, he's rapping about, you know, trying to raise his son, you know, and all of like those really deep stuff and like I really resonate with him. I also listened to a lot of Fela - Fela Kuti, which, which for me, is is like education because like, cause Fela, Fela like comes from like, a place of What's it called, um, being African and being in Africa, so I'm over a more of a introspective person. So I like to like just listen to people that actually just take time to block out the noise. And like, put all of like all the noise aside and just really just be real with you. So that's so I listen to a lot of different fella could see Kendrick Lamar? Yeah, most of like, yeah, my, my music. My taste in music is actually just very random. Bryan Robinson 15:29 Yeah, sure. No, that's me. I think everyone's got, you know, the the certain artists that they that they really like, and they can span multiple, multiple types of music. So I really appreciate like the idea that like, getting in tune with the artists because that's always that's always like a nice thing to be able to like hear someone that is is as introspective or as thoughtful as you are. Obinna Ekwuno 15:53 Yeah. Thank you. Bryan Robinson 15:55 Cool. So So is there anything that you would like to promote that you're doing anything you want get out to the gym. That community as a whole. Obinna Ekwuno 16:01 Yeah, so I tried to like I try to like create like content because, um, because like I'm really curious so I just really just try to like put stuff together and just you know, I blog a lot on on LogRocket. And then also like I recently go into screencasting so I'm like doing all of that to egghead and I just make community resources because I feel like I really feel like as much as the information should be free as much as like you know, content creators actually need like some support but then yeah, that's it just just put out the content because like people because I love like the community really helped me while I was transitioning from being you know, solving a lot of math that I honestly didn't know that I think of it honestly didn't care about. You're just solving a lot of math and then moving towards like a computer science like background understanding abstract syntax tree all of those like awesome stuff like that. My my friends helped me like understand like, it was for my community resources. So I really just, you know, make resources on egghead basically any blog that would like allow me to, I used to write a lot on Scotch. That that was like the first place to actually like, wrote stuff on. Yeah. Bryan Robinson 17:12 Cool. So as you're kind of transitioning from, from kind of written stuff to the screencasting a, how's that been for you and be? How did you learn? Like when you said, like, all these community resources were important. Did you read more? Or are you more of like a visual learner and followed like, screencasts like what you're doing now? Obinna Ekwuno 17:31 Oh, so I'm transitioning from like, transitioning from the roots into like, screencasting. So writing was like, it comes natural to me. Because like, because like, I write a lot of forms. But then screencasting was something I was like what I did a lot of like, a lot of like, you know, iterations with Zac. Zac works at Egghead. Shout out to Zack because that really helped me because I I would do a video I did have like, oh no this. This is nice and I could say, Oh, no, because you know, people are watching this on your phones, and all of that. So, it was it was really frustrating. But then it got to the point where, you know, Zac, Zac had a lot of corrections for me. And I was like, ah, maybe this isn't for me. And then one night, I'm just laying down and I and I say to myself, you know, it really just boils down to how bad you really want to, like, do something to be honest. And then, you know, I just, I just go to did the recording once and sent it to Zac. And he was like, awesome. I was like, What? Obinna Ekwuno 18:28 So, so that and from there, like, I just, I have like, two videos, I don't know. And I have like, three more coming, you know, just really just looking for how to like, do that. And then I think the second question was, how did I? How was it for me learning to code? Yeah. So um, I first like I started off with like the under law. I did this under law training, where I can't remember I'm talking about my work, and then our learning community. So like, they really just go a lot of mentors and I told us Oh, you know, you're learning HTML today, I did a lot of like Google sponsored things on Udacity. And then at some point, like the visual, the visual learning wasn't really working for me because all I got was like, the perspective of people. And I wanted to, like, understand how it worked. So I, I, I started reading like documentation. Like even right now, like I'm learning I'm learning a bit of like view. So before going into like funding masters or trying to find like a course on Udemy I'm trying to get like documentation because I because as much as I don't think every documentation is that great like this, this this has been a really good experience like so I'm more of like, I like to read documentation and then get opinions, listen to podcasts, you know, talk to people all that so that's that's how I learn and and learnings are continuous for me. Because like, I don't I don't really feel like there's a place where you get to be like Oh, yes now and I I know it's all Bryan Robinson 20:01 I know everything now! Obinna Ekwuno 20:02 Yeah. Yeah. Bryan Robinson 20:05 Nice. Well, as you said, like even with the technologies that we're all kind of playing with, there's always something new like, you know, react with hooks A few years ago, Gatsby now has recipes. Like there's always something new. Obinna Ekwuno 20:16 Before create react app, there was Webpack, configuring Webpack for like a react. I did I did that. And then I was like, No, I never went back again. Bryan Robinson 20:27 Cool. Well, I appreciate you taking the time to talk with us today and kind of share your stories. And I hope you keep doing some amazing things at Gatsby and writing more amazing poetry and stuff. Obinna Ekwuno 20:36 Thank you. Thank you so much for having me. Appreciate it. Bryan Robinson 20:40 Thanks again to Obinna for the great conversation. And thanks to you our dear listeners for tuning in Week after week. Before we get to our sponsor, be sure to like heart star favorite or whatever in your podcast app of choice and spread the word about the amazing people doing awesome stuff in our community. Bryan Robinson 20:58 And now for our sponsor, if you listen to season you're probably aware of TakeShape by now. But as a reminder TakeShape is a content platform for the Jamstack. take shape has a headless content management system an easy to use GraphQL API, a static site generator and amazing new product called Mesh - a service that can tie together multiple API's into their handy GraphQL interface if you're doing anything with content on the Jamstack Be sure to check them out at take shape.io slash That's My Jamstack. Bryan Robinson 21:27 That's it for this week. Thanks again for listening. And we'll see you back here for the next awesome episode. Transcribed by https://otter.ai Intro/outtro music by bensound.com Support That's my JAMstack by donating to their Tip Jar: https://tips.pinecast.com/jar/thats-my-jamstack

 Doctor TK is a big advocate for time management and productivity. She has been implementing these strategies with all of her clients on therapy, thinking that they may not be able to follow through on their homework activities if they do not carve out time to take their mental health seriously.  She has also applied them to her clients on the coaching side to help them progress in their business. However, she has observed some of them still struggling and reconsidering their goals. When we change our mind too much, we hinder ourselves in achieving our goal, whether it may be a short or a long term one. In today’s minisode, we will learn about the acronym T.I.ME. Find out more as Doctor TK shares to us how we can get control of our mindset and result in getting things done. Podcast Goals:Learn to carve out time with the use of a timerMotivate yourself by setting intentional goals dailyKnow the difference between Intentional Goal and TO-DO listFind out ways to minimize distractionsDetermine the right mindset to execute your tasks daily and adapt a no-matter attitude Minisode Timeline: [00:45] Introduction to the acronym of T.I.M.E[01:45] “T” | How can a timer help us in carving out time?[02:48] “I” | How important is it to set intentional goals daily?[03:30] Why do we need to set goals daily?[03:55] Difference between “Intentional Goal” vs “TO-DO list”[4:21] “M” | How can we minimize distractions?[06:30] “E” | How can we execute our tasks daily and adapt a no-matter attitude?[06:40] The impact of a positive or a negative thought upon waking up[07:42] Minisode recap[8:13] Overview on the Branding 4 Abundance workbook[9:10] Interact with Doctor TK on social media   Resources Mentioned:Episode 35 - F.O.C.U.SEpisode 37 - IntentionalBranding 4 Abundance workbookJoin The Dope Therapist Tribe Waitlist  Connect:Find | Doctor TKOn Instagram: @DoctorTKPsychOn Facebook: @DoctorTKPsychOn Pinterest: @DoctorTKPsychOn Youtube: @Doctor TK SUBSCRIBE & RATEOn Apple Podcasts On Google Podcast 

Joining the podcast once again one of Dan’s favorite return guests, Christy Erbeck! Christy is a principal transformation consultant at AgileThought and a Certified Dare to Lead™ Facilitator (CDTLF). She has over 25 years of experience in domestic and international consulting, training and coaching, and working in both software development and non-product-focused environments, including manufacturing (discrete and process), distribution, and sales and marketing.   In this episode, they are exploring the topic of uncertainties. There’s a lot of uncertainty going on in the world right now with COVID-19. We’re in this awkward gray zone that Christy refers to as “the muddy middle.” And, as much as we’re getting used to this ‘new normal,’ there are still adjustments and daily changes that can be very disruptive to our psyche. So, in today’s conversation, Christy and Dan are taking a deep dive into exploring these uncertainties and Christy provides the tools and tips you need to better adapt during this confusing time and make the most of it!   Key Takeaways What is this ‘new normal?’ The ‘new normal’ can refer to “the new better” in reference to organizational transformation or change (because with these new changes come new ways of working and new ways of thinking that create a better outcome than what was previously in place) In reference to what we’re currently experiencing, ‘our new reality’ may be a better phrase ‘New normal’ is a concept of accepting the current disruption as our new reality to have an easier time adapting to the new way our day-to-day lives look The sooner we recognize that this is our reality the better able we will be able to adapt, grieve our old reality, and find a way to make this current reality the best we can Christy’s tips and tools for adapting to the ‘new normal:’ First, recognize where you are personally and take some time to reflect and go inward and ask yourself: “Where am I? How am I feeling?” Christy uses a journal to track her mood every day so she’s better able to reflect on where she’s at Recognize that we cannot, at this moment, move into comparative suffering (i.e. saying that your suffering is worth more than someone else’s and vice-versa) Own how you feel Dig deep into your ability to empathize and seek to understand how others are experiencing the ‘new normal’ Be overly generous with yourself (which will give you the space and capacity to be overly generous with those in your circle and community) Adopt the concept “assume good intent” because, as you take care of yourself, you’ll have more space to assume good in others around you (which gives extra grace with your interactions with people) Come together and allow everyone to share their voice and stories Reach out for help if, in your process, you are still struggling (because you don’t have to do this alone) Anti-patterns/How we should not respond: Comparative suffering Competitive storytelling Listening to respond   Mentioned in this Episode: APA’s Help Center SILK + SONDER (Self-care monthly planner and journal subscription service) “10 Eye-Opening Statistics on the Mental Health Impact of the Coronavirus Pandemic,” Forbes The Road Less Traveled, Timeless Edition: A New Psychology of Love, Traditional Values and Spiritual Growth, by M. Scott Peck The Four Agreements: A Practical Guide to Personal Freedom, by Don Miguel Ruiz Turn the Ship Around!: A True Story of Turning Followers into Leaders, by L. David Marquet Brené Brown   Want to Learn More or Get in Touch? Visit the website and catch up with all the episodes on AgileThought.com! Email your thoughts or suggestions to Podcast@AgileThought.com or Tweet @AgileThought using #AgileThoughtPodcast!

Existentialism is one of the most important elements of Being a person. Whether we like it or not, we are constantly grappling with existential questions — What does it mean to be? Who am I? How free am I? What impact does history/culture/society have on me? These are the kinds of things I talk about in this episode. The amazing artwork is by my friend Jericho. You can find him @jericho_marcel or @delicatessen____. Enjoying Aleks Listens? You can support it on Patreon, https://www.patreon.com/join/alekslistens — or follow me on instagram @alekslistens https://www.instagram.com/alekslistens — or subscribe on YouTube — for more of my work, visit https://www.aleks.co ~~~~ sending love your way, Aleks 

I am a mother of 3 beautiful children, and I am also so much more than that. And so are you.  Today we’re talking all about Motherhood...the transition into that role, the identity crisis it can create for women, and also the beauty found within raising children.  So much of our motherhood journey is spent introducing ourselves as “so and so’s mom” and we begin to lose pieces of ourselves until one day we wake up and think “Holy shit! Where am I? How did I get here?” What if we could be a mother, and a wife, and a friend, and someone’s boss, a bad ass business owner, without ever losing who we actually are in the process? In this episode you'll learn: What this often unspoken “crisis” is How it affects each aspect of your life How to navigate - and heal - from this Happy Mother’s day mama; let’s have a listen and then go get some tacos! Have questions? Comment? Want to connect with me on social media? Wahoo! Instagram : @leissewilcox Website: leissewilcox.ca Did you love today’s episode? It would be so appreciated if you downloaded, subscribed, reviewed and shared this episode.  It helps me know what you love and what you want to hear more of. Don’t forget to get your presale copy of my new book “To Call Myself Beloved” here.  

Episode Notes Learn English with Crazy StoriesWARNING: The topics covered in this story may be of an adult nature. However, this story is just for fun.She always felt disappointed in sex. But, then one day, it all changed. However, she didn't know why it changed until she went to see her doctor.Transcript I’ve always been a dreamer. I’ve spent my whole life dreaming; dreaming of being with him. I thought it would be impossible, because he’s famous and has a wife, and me? I’m just a simple girl from a simple family. But, it happened, he came to me in a dream, and now I’m here, 6 months pregnant with his child. As a young girl in school, I didn’t pay much attention in class. Believe me, I tried, but my fantasies just got the better of me. I’d find myself drifting off in any class. I’d drift off into my dreams of being with him. No boy in my year or school could meet his standards. That’s right! I never had a boyfriend, nor kissed a boy in school. How could I? How could I betray the man of my dreams? Now, who is this man that I spent so many hours dreaming of? I’ll tell you in a minute. But, I think he’s more than a man. He’s a god, a god among men! His body is just so perfect! Like it’s been finely designed by a machine. A machine that has a kinky side, and likes its men to perfectly sexy! His face is so beautiful! His eyes and that cheeky smile! Apparently, he used to be a footballer, but now, he’s always having his photo taken to model underwear. His name? David Beckham. People, say that he isn’t the smartest guy out there, but I’m not the smartest girl out there either. Some say he has a squeaky uneducated voice that doesn’t match the manliness of his body, but I don’t care. Anyway, If I had him in my room, he wouldn’t need to speak a word! I’m making myself hot. My room is full of his photos. I have so many. Posters on my walls, in my draws and even a photoshopped photo of us two together in a photo frame on the bedside cabinet next to my bed. I buy a lot of magazines for men and women, just to check if there are any adverts for underwear or perfume with David in them. I’ve created our own photo album, called ‘David and I’. To see how we have grown throughout the years, no matter the physical distance between us. I believe that David and I are born to be together. However, there is just one issue; Victoria. Yes, David is married to her! He’s got kids! Those should have been mine! I’ve tried to meet him a few times. Once, I met him at a fashion show. I wasn’t wearing any underwear, and made sure he noticed. He looked at me! I’m sure we shared a connection for the few seconds we looked at each other before security jumped on me. I forgive him; his security must work for Victoria, not him. He wouldn’t do anything to hurt me. I’ve also sent him some nude photos. I actually got a letter back. He told me to stop, but I’m sure that evil witch, Victoria made him do it. I like to think there is a secret message in the letter, telling me that he loves me. I know we will be together, one day! I believe in destiny. I always believed I would be the mother of his children. I knew it would happen! I just didn’t know that it would take so long! But, now I’m here, 6 months pregnant with David Beckham’s child. How did it happen? I usually dream about David, even sexually sometimes. But this time was different. It was romantic, flowers, next to the beach and his breath in my ear. We made love in my dream. I knew this was it! People didn’t believe me, so I had to get some proof. A few weeks later, I went for a pregnancy test, and my dreams had come true; I was pregnant! I was pregnant with David’s child. People laughed at me, but I knew it was true. It must have been David’s! Ok, I had a few nights with some men, but they always told me that they pulled out before reaching orgasm. Why would they lie? Anyway, I have David’s child inside me. I can feel his DNA inside me. I tried to contact David with the news, but he didn’t reply. I just got a letter from the Beckham’s lawyer. Again, that must be Victoria doing that. I know that if David knew, he would come to me. I know he had the same dream too. The future? I will raise my child and call him David. I will teach him who his dad is and how the evil Spice Girl took him away from him. Financially, ok, I haven’t seen any money from David yet, but I have sold my story to those terrible newspapers, like the Sun or the Daily Mail, they buy anything! Their money will help me raise David Junior.Support Chuckle English by donating to their Tip Jar: https://tips.pinecast.com/jar/chuckle-english

Hi again & welcome to the series on Emotional Intelligence.As I was putting together the outline of all the areas of focus for this series, it became obvious that before going into self-awareness, self-confidence and all other aspects of ‘self’, it would be valuable to dive into what is ‘self’ in it’s own right. To have self understood first before going further was my goal with this episode.Thanks for John McCarthy, head of Applied Psychology at UCC, I was connected with Dr. Zelda Di Blasi, and we recently recorded this one over zoom, all about ‘Self’.About Dr. Di BlasiDr Zelda Di Blasi, MPsychSc, PhD, CPsychol (BPS) is co-director of the MA in Positive & Coaching Psychology. After completing her Masters in Health Psychology at University College Galway, founded by the Medical Research Council, Zelda completed her PhD/DPhil in Health Sciences at the University of York on the placebo effect and health care interactions.Her interest in Positive Psychology evolved during her Post-Doctorate in Integrative Medicine and Health Psychology, when Zelda worked with Professor Susan Folkman at the University of California San Francisco (UCSF). A that time, she received a Teaching Fellowship  from UCSF and San Francisco State University.In 2006 Zelda took up her appointment as lecturer in the School of Applied Psychology in UCC, and later set up a Masters programme in Positive & Coaching Psychology, which she currently co-directs.Zelda has diplomas in Contemporary Yoga and Modern Dance, and an Advanced Diploma in Personal, Leadership and Executive Coaching accredited by the ICF and the EMCC. She is a certified Health & Wellness Coach with the Institute of Health Sciences, a HeartMath Coach/Mentor, and a Strengths Provider with CAPP (Centre of Applied Positive Psychology).  --During this interview we discussed: Zelda’s background in Psychology and teachingDoing her PhD on the placebo effectHow she discovered her interest for Psychology at the age of 18 and falling in love with the areaZelda’s interest and passion for learning including Yoga, Mindfulness and Modern Dance and how this all connects in with the Mind, Body and SpiritWhat is ‘the self’ and how does it develop?Finding the answer to the question ‘who am I?’How does ‘the self’ influence how we thinkWhen is it formed?Breaking down the self – what is it made up of?The mirror test with a baby to show a sense of self has developedWhy we use it so naturally without thought?Identity v Self – crossovers and comparisonsSelf is more at the marco levelHistory of the self?William James the first professor of psychologySchools of Thought on it?The role of Ego and how it compares to Self?Value of Self-esteem, compassion and empathyEmphasis on self-compassion more than self-esteemThe Self and spiritualityIs Self an Illusion? Or is it real?Ted Talks worth checking out on SelfChristine Neff - The space between self-compassion and self-esteemDaniel Gilbert – Talk on Happiness – affective forecastingBiases that exist on selfthe illusion of transparency – eg presenting and anxious about this – we are over estimating what others see in usthe spotlight effect – eg you feel like you’re on stage and with a spotlight on you – but the fact is people aren’t looking at you in that way – the cool v nerdy t-shirt exampleAffective forecasting – what you think will make you happy or unhappy – turns out we are not very goodDurability bias – how will you feel if you get a promotion at work? How long will this feeling last? Not that long….for some more than othersJust being aware of these biases helps and focusing on the present!How to get a better sense of self in the world we live in now?Tools that you can use to better understand SelfThe Best Possible Self?4 days visualizing what this looks like for you10 mins a dayDo it in a real relaxed spaceConnect with the feelingWhat comes up and what the image is?What your dream or ideal self looks like?Then devise the steps to take to get there!Visualization tools & Vision boardsTaking one small step at a timeThe value of journaling each day helps to learn more about self6 minute journalMorning pages (30mins)The home retreat you have now!Random acts of kindnessWhat Zelda is working on now – the Book on Pleasure!How to Connect in with Zelda – email: diblasi@ucc.ieIf you’re interested in more details on what was covered in this episode, would like to explore your own Emotional Intelligence deeper, I’d be happy to discuss this further and look at coaching opportunities.Please do get in touch via email at Rob@robofthegreen.ie or connect in over any of the social channels - @robofthegreen

Hi again & welcome to the series on Emotional Intelligence.As I was putting together the outline of all the areas of focus for this series, it became obvious that before going into self-awareness, self-confidence and all other aspects of ‘self’, it would be valuable to dive into what is ‘self’ in it’s own right. To have self understood first before going further was my goal with this episode.Thanks for John McCarthy, head of Applied Psychology at UCC, I was connected with Dr. Zelda Di Blasi, and we recently recorded this one over zoom, all about ‘Self’.About Dr. Di BlasiDr Zelda Di Blasi, MPsychSc, PhD, CPsychol (BPS) is co-director of the MA in Positive & Coaching Psychology. After completing her Masters in Health Psychology at University College Galway, founded by the Medical Research Council, Zelda completed her PhD/DPhil in Health Sciences at the University of York on the placebo effect and health care interactions.Her interest in Positive Psychology evolved during her Post-Doctorate in Integrative Medicine and Health Psychology, when Zelda worked with Professor Susan Folkman at the University of California San Francisco (UCSF). A that time, she received a Teaching Fellowship  from UCSF and San Francisco State University.In 2006 Zelda took up her appointment as lecturer in the School of Applied Psychology in UCC, and later set up a Masters programme in Positive & Coaching Psychology, which she currently co-directs.Zelda has diplomas in Contemporary Yoga and Modern Dance, and an Advanced Diploma in Personal, Leadership and Executive Coaching accredited by the ICF and the EMCC. She is a certified Health & Wellness Coach with the Institute of Health Sciences, a HeartMath Coach/Mentor, and a Strengths Provider with CAPP (Centre of Applied Positive Psychology).  --During this interview we discussed: Zelda’s background in Psychology and teachingDoing her PhD on the placebo effectHow she discovered her interest for Psychology at the age of 18 and falling in love with the areaZelda’s interest and passion for learning including Yoga, Mindfulness and Modern Dance and how this all connects in with the Mind, Body and SpiritWhat is ‘the self’ and how does it develop?Finding the answer to the question ‘who am I?’How does ‘the self’ influence how we thinkWhen is it formed?Breaking down the self – what is it made up of?The mirror test with a baby to show a sense of self has developedWhy we use it so naturally without thought?Identity v Self – crossovers and comparisonsSelf is more at the marco levelHistory of the self?William James the first professor of psychologySchools of Thought on it?The role of Ego and how it compares to Self?Value of Self-esteem, compassion and empathyEmphasis on self-compassion more than self-esteemThe Self and spiritualityIs Self an Illusion? Or is it real?Ted Talks worth checking out on SelfChristine Neff - The space between self-compassion and self-esteemDaniel Gilbert – Talk on Happiness – affective forecastingBiases that exist on selfthe illusion of transparency – eg presenting and anxious about this – we are over estimating what others see in usthe spotlight effect – eg you feel like you’re on stage and with a spotlight on you – but the fact is people aren’t looking at you in that way – the cool v nerdy t-shirt exampleAffective forecasting – what you think will make you happy or unhappy – turns out we are not very goodDurability bias – how will you feel if you get a promotion at work? How long will this feeling last? Not that long….for some more than othersJust being aware of these biases helps and focusing on the present!How to get a better sense of self in the world we live in now?Tools that you can use to better understand SelfThe Best Possible Self?4 days visualizing what this looks like for you10 mins a dayDo it in a real relaxed spaceConnect with the feelingWhat comes up and what the image is?What your dream or ideal self looks like?Then devise the steps to take to get there!Visualization tools & Vision boardsTaking one small step at a timeThe value of journaling each day helps to learn more about self6 minute journalMorning pages (30mins)The home retreat you have now!Random acts of kindnessWhat Zelda is working on now – the Book on Pleasure!How to Connect in with Zelda – email: diblasi@ucc.ieIf you’re interested in more details on what was covered in this episode, would like to explore your own Emotional Intelligence deeper, I’d be happy to discuss this further and look at coaching opportunities.Please do get in touch via email at Rob@robofthegreen.ie or connect in over any of the social channels - @robofthegreen

Dave Phillips is an executive mentor for business leaders who are seeking an authentic life purpose (we’re talking power houses like Richard Branson). He also a super start athlete. He was a member and coach of Canada’s National Freestyle Ski team, a stunt man, and a professional ski-show performer. Phillips broke two Guinness World Records for ski duration - snow skiing for 83 hours and 17 minutes and water skiing for 57 hours and over 1300 miles. Phillips is an entrepreneur, columnist, talk show host, and the author of “Three Big Questions,” a book that helps everyone to answer critical questions about purpose, mission, and vision.   IN TODAY’S SHOW WE DISCUSS: How we can discover our purpose, vision and mission in life Why having a purpose in your life even matters How we begin to answer the question - who am I? How determining our core virtues can guide us in our life The beauty of sensitive people Why different personalities need different spiritual practices What Dave believes to be the closest thing to a marriage guarantee! And much much more!   LINKS: Dave’s Website https://www.dphillips.com Madefor  https://getmadefor.com/ BOOK: Three Big Questions https://www.amazon.com/Three-Questions-Everyone-Sooner-Later/dp/0779501381 The 7 principles for making marriage work https://www.amazon.com/Seven-Principles-Making-Marriage-Work/dp/0553447718/ref=tmm_pap_swatch_0?_encoding=UTF8&qid=1588043018&sr=1-1 The magic 6 hours - google (marriage guarantee) https://transformempowersoar.com/pdfs/Magic-6-Hours-Gottman.pdf Click here for the Three Big Questions online course and here for LifeWaze which is the Follow up course for practical implementation. They also offer a scholarship program for those who need the input but don’t have the cash to pay for it.  Just send a request to info@dphillips.com. ------------------------------------------------------ This episode is brought to you by The relationship reboot! Guys I put together a 6 week course distilling down the wisdom I’ve learned studying integrative body psychotherapy for 3 years, interviewing experts, reading tons of books and doing my own work with my husband and it’s basically the abridged version of the stuff that was most effective in my own life and relationship.  With us all at home, spending extra time with our partners, or perhaps wanting to foster different relationships in the future.. I think it’s a perfect time to really dedicate some energy to deepening connection. Each week you’ll receive an email with a video module and workbook, which will help you solidify the teachings. The course is geared to allow you to reflect, recharge, reprogram and reconnect.  It usually costs $97 but with the potential of financial stress I’ve slashed the price to $27! That’s  $4 dollars and 50 cents a week! RELATIONSHIP REBOOT! To check it out go to  schoolyoursoul.com/store/therelationshipreboot

Who am I? How should I live? Who do I want to become? At the end of the day, be prepared for an answer that you only have so much control over. Tune into learn what the real meaning of owning your identity means.

I How to Integrate Faith at Work with Laurenda, ep#26   How to Integrate Faith at Work   Welcome back to another week's episode of The Follower of One Podcast! This week Mike is joined by Laurenda Reynolds. Laurenda, along with her husband, owns two small businesses in both the Car Detailing and Carpet Cleaning industries respectively. Laurenda found Follower of One through Carey Green's podcast (Morning Mindset - Daily Christian Devotional) and listens every morning before work! Episode Breakdown: 1:10 - Meet Laurenda Reynolds  4:15 - How Laurenda came to trust Christ 6:05 - Laurenda's Marketplace Mission Trip Experience 11:00 - How to Integrate Faith at Work from Laurenda 20:40 - Empathy and Dealing with Loss Fighting Through Loss:   Loss of a family member, friend or loved one is always a very difficult road to navigate. Whether you have experienced this early or late in life, it affects us all the same. How are we supposed to act when something like this happens? What is God's plan in all of this? How do we begin the healing process? These are all questions we ask ourselves in the aftermath of an event like this. But having hope in humanity, having faith in your God, having friends beside you, and having someone to turn to will always be important. As we go through this very unprecedented time in the world, we urge you to keep your mind focused on the most important things in life! Laurenda can relate, and she speaks to how God and her faith were able to get her through some of her most difficult times. Connecting WIth Someone Else:   We, as followers, are supposed to be the gleaming light of God throughout our world. We are not meant to keep this to ourselves and we want to spread the word far and wide, right? So connecting with other people is the only natural way to do this! Connecting with someone else is one of the most important things that came from the Marketplace Mission Trip for Laurenda. Not only was she able to share a great experience with other people by taking the Mission Trip but she was also able to personally connect with someone going through something she had gone through. In this episode, we hear a first-hand account of how powerful one phone call, one outreach, and one community can connect people thousands of miles away and bring them together in a way that may have never happened.  Connect with Laurenda: Executive Detailing Website Northern Colorado Carpet Cleaning Website Laurenda's Facebook How to Integrate Faith at Work with Laurenda, ep#26   How to Integrate Faith at Work   Welcome back to another week's episode of The Follower of One Podcast! This week Mike is joined by Laurenda Reynolds. Laurenda, along with her husband, owns two small businesses in both the Car Detailing and Carpet Cleaning industries respectively. Laurenda found Follower of One through Carey Green's podcast (Morning Mindset - Daily Christian Devotional) and listens every morning before work! Episode Breakdown: 1:10 - Meet Laurenda Reynolds  4:15 - How Laurenda came to trust Christ 6:05 - Laurenda's Marketplace Mission Trip Experience 11:00 - How to Integrate Faith at Work from Laurenda 20:40 - Empathy and Dealing with Loss Fighting Through Loss:   Loss of a family member, friend or loved one is always a very difficult road to navigate. Whether you have experienced this early or late in life, it affects us all the same. How are we supposed to act when something like this happens? What is God's plan in all of this? How do we begin the healing process? These are all questions we ask ourselves in the aftermath of an event like this. But having hope in humanity, having faith in your God, having friends beside you, and having someone to turn to will always be important. As we go through this very unprecedented time in the world, we urge you to keep your mind focused on the most important things in life! Laurenda can relate, and she speaks to how God and her faith were able to get her through some of her most difficult times. Connecting WIth Someone Else:   We, as followers, are supposed to be the gleaming light of God throughout our world. We are not meant to keep this to ourselves and we want to spread the word far and wide, right? So connecting with other people is the only natural way to do this! Connecting with someone else is one of the most important things that came from the Marketplace Mission Trip for Laurenda. Not only was she able to share a great experience with other people by taking the Mission Trip but she was also able to personally connect with someone going through something she had gone through. In this episode, we hear a first-hand account of how powerful one phone call, one outreach, and one community can connect people thousands of miles away and bring them together in a way that may have never happened.  Connect with Laurenda: Executive Detailing Website Northern Colorado Carpet Cleaning Website Laurenda's Facebook How to Integrate Faith at Work with Laurenda, ep#26   How to Integrate Faith at Work   Welcome back to another week's episode of The Follower of One Podcast! This week Mike is joined by Laurenda Reynolds. Laurenda, along with her husband, owns two small businesses in both the Car Detailing and Carpet Cleaning industries respectively. Laurenda found Follower of One through Carey Green's podcast (Morning Mindset - Daily Christian Devotional) and listens every morning before work! Episode Breakdown: 1:10 - Meet Laurenda Reynolds  4:15 - How Laurenda came to trust Christ 6:05 - Laurenda's Marketplace Mission Trip Experience 11:00 - How to Integrate Faith at Work from Laurenda 20:40 - Empathy and Dealing with Loss Fighting Through Loss:   Loss of a family member, friend or loved one is always a very difficult road to navigate. Whether you have experienced this early or late in life, it affects us all the same. How are we supposed to act when something like this happens? What is God's plan in all of this? How do we begin the healing process? These are all questions we ask ourselves in the aftermath of an event like this. But having hope in humanity, having faith in your God, having friends beside you, and having someone to turn to will always be important. As we go through this very unprecedented time in the world, we urge you to keep your mind focused on the most important things in life! Laurenda can relate, and she speaks to how God and her faith were able to get her through some of her most difficult times. Connecting WIth Someone Else:   We, as followers, are supposed to be the gleaming light of God throughout our world. We are not meant to keep this to ourselves and we want to spread the word far and wide, right? So connecting with other people is the only natural way to do this! Connecting with someone else is one of the most important things that came from the Marketplace Mission Trip for Laurenda. Not only was she able to share a great experience with other people by taking the Mission Trip but she was also able to personally connect with someone going through something she had gone through. In this episode, we hear a first-hand account of how powerful one phone call, one outreach, and one community can connect people thousands of miles away and bring them together in a way that may have never happened.  Connect with Laurenda: Executive Detailing Website Northern Colorado Carpet Cleaning Website Laurenda's Facebook Connect With Follower Of One Join us over in our Online Community, get social with us; Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn and subscribe to our YouTube channel. Listen to our podcast on your way to work and subscribe using your favorite podcast app. Be a part of our next Marketplace Mission Trip!

"I think, therefore I am" is central to philosophy, but for many people it's followed by the question "Who am I?"How does identity fit into critical thinking, and how do identity fallacies work? Liana Kerzner (@redlianak) and Maus Merryjest (@wordofmaus) look at when identity is relevant, when it's not, and how to tell the difference.___________________________________FU_Politics, restoring intelligent discourse, a sense of humour, civility and fact-based opinions to important conversations. Shows that sound like you - because we are you.  Become a monthly patron at patreon.com/funetworktv or give us a one time boost at Paypal - funetworktv@gmail.com. Patreon: https://www.patreon.com/funetworktv Paypal: funetworktv@gmail.com Thank you!FIND US HERE UNDER FU_POLITICS:iTunes - Rate, Review and Subscribe!https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/fu-politics/id1472299923Spotifyhttps://open.spotify.com/show/4YQ4rklq8bcsmhTfqgj9jHiHeart Radiohttps://www.iheart.com/podcast/269-fu-politics-48983352/Podbeanhttps://fupolitics.podbean.comStitcherhttps://www.stitcher.com/podcast/fun-the-fu-network/fu-politicsGoogle Podcastshttps://podcasts.google.com/?feed=aHR0cHM6Ly9mZWVkLnBvZGJlYW4uY29tL2Z1cG9saXRpY3MvZmVlZC54bWw%3D&hl=en-CAYouTubehttps://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLBRvebbl4FVT9dWt0IdE8ccD1cOkPO5a7Google Playhttps://play.google.com/music/m/Ilgcik5imfx5qwtzxivpyblb2p4Player FMhttps://player.fm/series/fu-politics-2521543Tune In / Alexahttp://tun.in/pjtS0Podtailhttps://podtail.com/en/podcast/fu-politics/Listen Noteshttps://www.listennotes.com/podcasts/fu_politics-fu-politics-jmLPHB1p8FD/Podbayhttps://podbay.fm/podcast/1472299923Castbox.FMhttps://castbox.fm/channel/FU_Politics-id2203478RSS Feedhttps://feed.podbean.com/fupolitics/feed.xml

Okay, high performers and high performing leaders! I hope you guys enjoy this episode - it felt a lot like having coffee with a friend because Callie and I have both had experiences with chronic disease or chronic pain and illness. We were really passionate about bringing you an episode of the Build High Performing Teams podcast where we talk to both the people who are experiencing chronic illness, disease or pain, and also the people who are leading those people. How does this affect the workplace? So whether you are dealing with a personal shift or change, a divorce, a marriage, moving, starting a new job, or you are somebody who is dealing with this chronic pain and illness or maybe leading someone with chronic pain and illness, we give you quite a few tips as well as a three part framework that really just repeats itself of awareness, understanding and communication around this topic. So please take a listen. We invite you to be part of this conversation and continue the conversation after the episode so that you can help people be more chronically well in the workplace. Enjoy! “Yeah, so it was a year and a half after diagnosis, I was still still experiencing daily pain and symptoms. And, I always just kind of decided, Okay, this is what I have. What am I gonna do? What am I gonna do about it? Who am I? How do I move forward? How do I still live a beautiful life? And then I started experimenting.” At minute 13:51, Callie talks about how to navigate through an illness and find your identity amidst the transition before a diagnosis and after. In addition to establishing your identity with your illness, your role in your family, and in your career. “I really think that sometimes there are things that our body is screaming for us to acknowledge and sometimes the only way that it can do that is through pain. It manifests you know, emotional pain can manifest in the body. If you look it up there. You know it's tied to different areas of the Depending on what you're going through. And for me, I realized that I needed to address some things.” At 38:39, Callie talks about the importance of listening and paying attention to your physical health when under stress or in the midst of a highly emotional situation. She expresses that pain can be a way for our body to let us know that something is not right. “I think the first thing is believe them know that they're not trying to get attention and it probably took everything in them to just talk to you about it. Yeah. And so give them grace. Have grace on them, have grace on yourself because maybe you won't get it completely right. Maybe you won't be the perfect boss to someone who's going through a chronic illness, but if you're willing to hear them, and you're willing to change things as you go along and figure it out and just communicate.” At minute 47:49, Callie gives advice to loved ones surrounded by an individual with a chronic illness. Both in the workplace, in the home, and out in the community and how communication can go a long way in building trust.  Callie shared a lot of valuable information about managing chronic illness and pain at work. She also gave a lot of helpful tips to friends and families of chronic illness, so make sure to stay tuned! If you want to know more about Callie, learn all about her at http://calliedixon.com/. Don’t forget to follow her on Instagram @riverandquill and on her River and Quill Facebook Page . Go follow her now! And don’t forget to listen to The Chronically Well Podcast, hosted by Callie. Here are some of the links we mentioned in this episode: Morning Pages App Callie’s Interview with Whitney Goodman I hope you liked today’s episode. Please don’t forget to subscribe on all podcast platforms and while you’re there, please don’t forget to rate and review! I truly appreciate and love you, and can’t wait to see you in the next episode! P.S. Please don’t forget to tag me on Instagram @theannaoakes to share your big takeaways and for more Build High Performing Teams updates. I’ll see you there!  Peace & Progress, Anna

They gave Guy Ritchie a musical. What world do we even live in? Who even am I? How old am I? What's my age again, what my again again? That's about the time she broke up with meNo one should take themselves so seriouslyWith many years ahead to fall in lineWhy would you wish that on me?I never want to act my ageWhat's my age again, what's my age again?

SHOW 47Wow, we talk about money a lot..Here's a funny joke for ya, Dylan wants to buy a house..BIG LOLZWe talk about what you'd do with $42M, people jetflixing (yes it's a thing), do you hit the snooze button, and sooooo much more!Where am I? How did I get here? Someone let me out of this paragraph please!!!Follow us on Instagram @dylanneemabk and @pulzarfmYou can find our video and latest post on Facebook at https://www.facebook.com/dylanneemabk/ or listen to us live on Pulzar FM on Wednesdays 3PM - 6PM on 93.3FM, the iHeartRadio app or pulzarfm.co.nz

Episode 73 Notes:Sponsor: Fike + Co.Join us in our Yoke and Abundance Facebook Group ->Re-Awakening Wisdom DailyIn The Company of WomenIf you love the Yoke and Abundance Wise Women Podcast Consider Supporting us through Patreon.Public health and non-profit space… Lively Community FoundationIt’s not about getting the outside perfectly right. It’s about getting the inside rightListening to your intuitionListening to the “Still small voice within” SurrenderYou have to keep leaping over and over and over before you even know if the net has appeared. Trusting the now moment. The Law of attractionThe Teachings of Abraham HicksOur value doesn’t come from ActionIt’s our responsibility to hook up with the energy that has created the worldAlign with that vibrationOpportunity to choose yourselfWho am I?How do I want to spend my time?What does Abundance mean?When we help others we are helping ourselvesThe Lively Community FoundationEmotional well-being brigadeThe transformation beyond traumaEveryone has some form of traumaYou define yourself due to that traumatic experiencesTraumatic Experiences wire deeper than positive events. The suffering that can come from the trauma doesn’t have to be permanentEmotional well-being brigade gives grants to those taking RTT and offer RTT to those that need it. Lively Community Foundation: livelycommunityfoundation.org Nishi's website: sagebynishi.com You can find Nishi on Instagram at @sagebynishi

How can I get past the ‘I Can’t’ attitude?All too often the words ‘I can’t’ can easily fall out of our mouths. If said too often, it can become an embedded belief that will never get you to that big goal you dream about.When you take this belief out of your mind, then you gain confidence and the courage to achieve.If we keep saying, ‘I can’t’, we actually tend to believe it after a while and the people around us do too; they’re not going to expect big things out of you, and neither are you!Instead, we can create a habit to ask ourselves, ‘How can I?’Have you ever noticed when someone asks you, ‘Can you do this?’ You’re either going to say yes or no. It’s just a one-word answer, isn’t it?What if someone asked, ‘How can you?’ These words are great! It’s an interesting question to ask, because it actually makes you think instead of just saying yes or no. It’s easy to say no and it’s easy to make excuses – but, ‘How can I? How can I do this? How can I do that? How can I achieve my big scary goal?’ This is what it’s all about.If there’s a big goal that you’ve been dreaming about and you’ve been either too scared or allowed someone to put it in your mind that it’s crazy, I understand. I’ve been there.Through my experiences and what I have achieved, I’ll share my insights, not just from what I’ve achieved, but also from struggles and tough times that I’ve had as well. It hasn’t all been sunshine and lollipops, as they say.Here, we’re going to learn new things about ourselves. When asking yourself, ‘Can I? Is it possible?’ a lot of people make excuses. Often, it’s either time or money stopping people achieving their big goals.Sound familiar? I’ve had those reasons too, believe me. But then I stopped to think, ‘Okay, surely I can find another way. How can I possibly afford to do this? How can I find the time to do this?’Two great questions. To find a solution, you need to think outside the box.The thing is, if you ask yourself ‘can I’ instead of ‘how can I’, you’re always going to dream; you’ll never achieve that big goal and live with regret until the day you die.We don’t want this to happen. I really want to help you by sharing my experiences, insights and steps for you to achieve your big, scary goal.Moving past the ‘I can’t,’ is an important mind shift to achieving your goal. Believing you can is the first step when beginning the Baby Step Method to achieve your goals.This is evident with many of our goals – some may seem like a crazy idea at first. But fixing in our mind that nothing could stop me from doing this, is the mindset we want, how much do you really want this? We can all easily come up with so many excuses, we’re experts at that! But do you want to be that person?‘Whether you think you can, or you think you can’t, you’re right.’ – Henry FordFocusing on your goal and not allowing other things to get in your way is a major path to success. But things in life will get in your way – that’s just life. We can come up with plenty of reasons to say, ‘This it’s all too hard, I can’t possibly do this.’ Continue reading show notes at: https://donnacampisi.com/ready-set-goal/You can also find more about this at TheUnlikelyMarathoner.comThe link to help you get started on your goal plan is at https://donnacampisi.com/the-baby-step-method/Listen to more ‘Ready! Set! Goal! with Donna Campisi’ podcast at: https://donnacampisi.com/ready-set-goal/To contact Donna Campisi to speak at your next event, go to: https://donnacampisi.com/contact/

Mr. I talks about some rule to make cycling safer. What are some rules people don't follow that annoy Mr. I? How can you make riding safer for everyone? Listen to find out!

Do you secretly feel dread and boredom about the life you’re living? Do you feel like you are hiding aspects of who you really are? Do you crave freedom from the ideas you were taught about what it means to live a productive and meaningful life?Here at the podcast, we know that it’s time to WAKE UP and begin to walk the path towards your true self! We know you’ve heard it’s not possible. We know you’ve heard it’s too hard. But we are here to tell you- your calling awaits you! Rha Goddess, entrepreneurial soul coach is here on the podcast to tell you all about it!Rha is the coach behind hundreds of breakthrough changemakers, cultural visionaries and social entrepreneurs. From multiple NY Times Bestsellers to multi-million dollar social enterprises, Rha’s unique methodology has empowered a new generation of conscious entrepreneurs to stay true, get paid, and do good. Her new book The Calling: 3 Fundamental Shifts to Stay True, Get Paid, and Do Good released this week! It holds years of knowledge around her groundbreaking work as a coach and we are so thrilled to be interviewing her at this pivotal moment in her career. Worthy of mentioning: Rha is Randi’s coach and has helped her navigate some super complicated moments in her personal and professional life- and some of those moment made it INTO RHA’S BOOK! Super honored and excited over here!This episode is incredibly special to us…You absolutely don’t want to miss this episode!In the episode Randi & Rha Goddess dive into: -The moment Randi approached Rha to be her coach and why that was a sacred time for both of them. -Rha’s shocking story- being held at gun point and how it all led her to a new life path and eventually to founding her company Move the Crowd. -How Rha came to her calling kicking and screaming and why uncertainty is uncomfortable. -What is the FIRST action step to take when finding your calling? Randi & Rha discuss the importance of LISTENING in order to hear your calling.. -The three main concerns people have when finding their calling. Who am I? How am I going to eat? Can I really make a difference? Rha spells it out all while giving us a sneak peak of her new book.“Saying yes to YOU and what you are here to DO is a practice! Like meditation, like yoga and it's one you have to engage in every single day”

We're talking about the youngest people with type one diabetes: babies and toddlers. When you can't talk and you're barely eating solid food, the challenges of T1D rise to a new level. Stacey's guest is Pediatric Endocrinologist Henry Rodriguez, the clinical director of the University of South Florida Diabetes Center. Check out Stacey's new book: The World's Worst Diabetes Mom! The interview features everything from breast feeding, diluted insulin, pump and CGM use in babies and much more. Join the Diabetes Connections Facebook Group! Resources: Facebook groups: Learning to Thrive: Type 1 and Toddlers Diapers & Diabetes   In Tell me something good. The other end of the spectrum: celebrating a long life with type 1 - 64 years since diagnosis and going strong. This podcast is not intended as medical advice. If you have those kinds of questions, please contact your healthcare provider. Sign up for our newsletter here ----- Use this link to get one free download and one free month of Audible, available to Diabetes Connections listeners! ----- Get the App and listen to Diabetes Connections wherever you go! Click here for iPhone      Click here for Android   Rough episode transcription (please forgive grammar, spelling & punctuation)  Stacey Simms  0:01 Diabetes Connections is brought to you by One Drop created for people with diabetes by people who have diabetes. And by Dexcom take control of your diabetes and live life to the fullest with Dexcom. This week, we're talking about the youngest people with type one diabetes babies and toddlers. At that age, everything – food, sleep, communication has unique challenges, including what happens when you dose and they won't eat.   Pediatric Endocrinologist Henry Rodriguez is the clinical director of the University of South Florida Diabetes Center. He's actually referring to the older insulins there, NPH and regular not commonly used anymore, but that situation certainly still happens. And we talked about everything from diluted insulin, breastfeeding and CGM use In Tell me something good. The other end of the spectrum celebrating a long life with type 164 years since diagnosis and going strong. This podcast is not intended as medical advice. If you have those kinds of questions, please contact your healthcare provider.   Announcer: You’re listening to Diabetes Connections with Stacey Simms.   Stacey Simms  1:42 Welcome to another week of the show. I'm your host Stacey Simms. So glad to have you along. And a special welcome to new listeners from the Greater Western Carolinas Dhapter of JDRF. I attended that summit over the weekend. So hello to anybody who found out about us there and is tuning in for the first time. And hello to all the moms and dads of little ones. You know, this is an episode focusing on babies and toddlers with type one that I've actually been trying to do for a very long time. It is hard to find an endocrinologist who really wants to come on and talk about this. I don't know why, but it's taken a while. So I'm so happy that Dr. Rodriguez decided to spend some time with us. Now as you know, if you're a longtime listener, the subject of babies and toddlers with type one is very near and dear to me. My son was diagnosed right before he turned two. So I want to tell you right now, this is a longer episode. But please stay with it. I mean, come and go. as you please, we will be here waiting for you. You can certainly pause and come back. It's a longer interview. But I wanted to really take advantage of having a person who could talk about this stuff and the interview transcription is available at the episode homepage, go to diabetes dash connections. com, click on this episode, and you will see the transcription just a little bit down the screen there. That's new for 2020 for the show. I know we're well into to January at this point, but my house is finally a little bit back to how normal is now I guess because my daughter just went back to college. She's been home for about a month which was fabulous, but she was definitely ready to go back to school and I don't know what I'm going to see her again and maybe just until spring break. Oh my goodness. And of course Benny is at regular high school so he's been back for a while now too. Very happy to have a new sponsor this year! Diabetes Connections is now brought to you by One Drop, and I spoke to the people at One Drop, and I was really impressed at how much they get diabetes. It just makes sense. Their CEO Jeff was diagnosed with type one as an Dult and One Drop is for people with diabetes by people with diabetes. The people at One Drop work relentlessly to remove all barriers between you and the care you need get 24 seven coaching support in your app and unlimited supplies delivered, no prescriptions or insurance required. Their beautiful sleek meter fits in perfectly with the rest of your life. They'll also send you test strips with a strip plan that actually makes sense for how much you actually check. One Drop, diabetes care delivered, learn more, go to diabetes dash connections calm and click on the One Drop logo. My guest this week is Dr. Henry Rodriguez, a pediatric endo and the clinical director of the University of South Florida Diabetes Center. As Dr. Rodriguez confirms, as you'll hear, more younger people are being diagnosed with type one, a trend that seems to have started about 15 to 20 years ago, but there's not a lot of easily accessible information to help parents in this age group. I will link up some information in the show notes on the episode homepage, including a couple of Facebook groups I do recommend for parents of very young children. But when Benny was diagnosed, we really didn't know anybody with a child that young. And I felt like we were making up a lot of it as we went along. Now the good news there is that he's fine, although I certainly made a lot of mistakes. But when you're talking about babies and you real six months old, one year old, it's a totally different ballgame. So if you are new to the show, I just want to warn you. I think I talked more in this interview than I usually do. definitely get on my soapbox a few times, and you'll hear me pushing my opinions and pushing some of them on to Dr. Roger. Yes. And he pushes back a couple of times, which is great. I feel very strongly about this age group. I mean, this is my wheelhouse, but of course, I am not a doctor. So here is my interview with Dr. Henry Rodriguez. Stacey Simms  0:02 Dr. Rodriguez, thank you so much for talking to me. I'll be honest, this is an issue I've been trying to cover for a long time. And I'm thrilled that we're finally getting to talk about it. So thanks for coming on.   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  0:14 Oh, it's a pleasure.   Stacey Simms  0:15 I'm not even sure where to start. I mean, between my personal experience, and then talking to so many moms of babies and toddlers, let me maybe back up and ask you, as a pediatric endocrinologist when somebody comes into your office or you meet them at the hospital, and they have a child under the age of two, where do you go? What do you tell them? How do you start?   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  0:39 Well, I think, you know, we certainly start with the basics in terms of, you know, we feel the etiology of Type One Diabetes is how we think, you know, develops. I think what we end up doing these conditions many times is, is you know, first addressing you know, I think, whatever challenges diagnosed with Type One Diabetes, even though we fully appreciate it providers that are treatable. You know, there's that sense of loss and morning. So I think acknowledging that, and then we try to really focus on, you know, the fact that, that it is a treatable condition. It is challenging, there is no question that life is going to be different as folks at home, but but it's it's manageable. And, you know, in our center, we have the luxury of a multidisciplinary team. And we're all about supporting that family, you know, is is the case, I think we fully realized that. I think there are two times of life, at least in the pediatric age group, that are particularly challenging. It's in the very young children. And then it's the children they get diagnosed around the time of adolescence. And so for the very young child, the bottom line is that I think it is extremely important that we tailor the therapy to the patient. It's true across the board, but I think particularly with the youngest ones,   Stacey Simms  2:00 When you're talking about the youngest ones, I think as we go through this interview, we will kind of section it because obviously, there's a difference between a six month old and a 16 month old, you know, and a three year old. But my personal experience was was interesting. So when my son was diagnosed, our pediatrician he was he was not yet to it was about five to six weeks before he turned two. She said, Bring him in. It sounds like type one diabetes, but he's too young. I've never had a case of someone under the age of two. So bring him in. And let's roll it out. And luckily, you know, we did we brought him in. I mean, unluckily, we rolled it in, obviously. But is that something that was either common at that time, which is 13 years ago? Does it still happen that people think you can't possibly have type one if you're under a certain age?   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  2:44 No, no, I think you know, what we encounter typically is at the other end of the spectrum, it's, it's adults that come in and the assumption is, well, you're an adult, you obviously have type two diabetes, you couldn't possibly have type one. But I will tell you that You know, and we we actually I oversee both adult and pediatric providers at our center. And, you know, historically, pediatric endocrinologist, pediatricians will assume it's type one until proven otherwise. And on the adult side, it's the opposite. So, you know, I think we are in in less danger of mismanaging, so to speak a young child because, you know, our, our kind of default is to treat those children with insulin and then, you know, figure out the rest afterwards. elevated blood sugars, you know, can can occur transiently in a child who's Ill know in the midst of stress of illness and we can kind of say, well, Mom, okay, well, let's just see how how things don't obviously if you have a child that has an extremely high blood sugar that has, you know, positive ketones, possibly acidosis well, then then, you know, you know it's insulin deficiency and So you proceed in that regard. But you know, for a child that comes in with, let's say RSV pneumonia and you get a few older blood sugars will let that slide, so to speak. But, but for sustained high blood sugars, you know, we always resort to insulin therapy.   Stacey Simms  4:17 Okay, so it was just maybe my pediatricians personal experience hadn't borne that out. It wasn't some something common. And before I move on from that, is it. I had heard anecdotally, again, that there are more cases of younger children with type one in the past 10 to 15 years than there were, say 30 or 40 years ago. It's true.   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  4:38 Yeah. Yes, it is true. Unfortunately, we know that overall, the incidence of Type One Diabetes is increasing. And that increase is really most affected children less than five years of age. I should mention before we move on, you know, and we will come into the youngest individuals as you said, but for children less than six months of age, one thing that always factors into the equation, particularly if there's any kind of, you know, multiple family members that are affected by quote type one diabetes, we also have to think about monogenic diabetes. So those are individuals who have a genetic mutation that has affected the machinery as it were, that's necessary to monitor the blood glucose to you know, make the insulin, store the insulin, release the insulin, all those things. Now, it's far less common. But we have to think about those things in the youngest individual.   Stacey Simms  5:42 And I will say will, as you listen, we will link up information about monitor genetics, diabetes in the show notes, you'll can find it on the website, and I'm actually doing a show in just a couple of weeks with a family that thought the child had type one thought the parent had type one, but it turned out it was monitored now. So we'll be talking more about that in a future episode but more information because as we're talking about the youngest kids here, that is something you absolutely have to keep in mind. Alright, so let's talk practical, because most of the questions that I have taken from other parents, and then I had myself I remember when my son was diagnosed, we're about precision of dosing. I mean, it's so hard, right? I mean, when baby was diagnosed, he was he was a bigger kid, luckily, so we were not using diluted insulin, which I'll ask about, but we were drawing up quarter units, which are not measurable. They don't make up you know, there's no lines for quarter units. At least there weren't a syringe. There wasn't even a half unit pen at that time. How do you advise people to do these itty bitty teeny weeny doses for kids?   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  6:49 Honestly, I am so mentioned we were get to it, but I'm not a great fan of diluted in so I think you can do that. I perhaps you could accuse me of a bit of paranoia, but I'm always concerned that they're there, either, you know, less likely on the part of the period but, you know, another caretakers so forth an error at that level of the pharmacy. I'm always concerned when when you dilute insulin, think about it.   Stacey Simms  7:16 I'm sorry, I cut you off. I got excited. Yeah, I mean,   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  7:18 it, you know, if you're diluting the insulin tenfold and for some reason, you you make an error and you develop those, you deliver the full strength insulin. That's 10 times the dose you had intended giving. So that that is as I said, there may be a little paranoia on my part. I tried to get away from that. I, I will tell you, as you mentioned that, you know, even with the syringes, there are now insulin syringes that half half unit increments. And when you say you're going to measure a quarter unit, you have to understand that you're getting between zero and you're not giving the unit units   Stacey Simms  7:55 was not my husband's quarter unit. We knew that we were just trying to Bad tech.   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  8:01 But I think that's where I generally move towards, in fairly rapid progression. Move towards insulin pump therapy.   Stacey Simms  8:12 Okay, wait, but before we do, because there jumped you jumped? Right? Let's Let's continue that because I do think it's worth talking about we never used it. I didn't even know it was an option at that time. But when I see people talk about it, they seem very enthusiastic about it before we go any further and I'm happy to, as you said, on the one hand is the paranoia on the other end of the parents who do think it works well. But let's start with the facts. What is it? I mean, you're not diluting insulin at home, are you a pharmacy? Oh, my goodness.     Dr. Henry Rodriguez  8:39 So you can go Yeah, you can go one of two ways. I mean, the manufacturers do. Provide them you can purchase a diluent it's essentially the solution that insulin is prepared in and you you can dilute that insolent. Some folks do that for is, again you can you can segue to off of the pump their baby deal with the pump as well. But, you know, you dilute the insulin and it's it's something that my preference if you're going to go that route is to get a reliable pharmacist to do that for you. But there are some individuals that do it at home.   Stacey Simms  9:24 And okay, so this sounds like a very foolish question, but I don't we're just at the beginning here. How do you do it? I mean, do you literally take a regular vial of insulin and then dilute it at home with you pull it out? You put I try to think of how I would do that.   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  9:39 Well, I mean, you have a while of the diluent. And then you introduce however many units of insulin internet, we used to do this back in the old days request from our therapy, you know, we could tailor the concentration to provide a volume that was reasonable to inject it sir doable, but, you know, we, I generally prefer to go with simpler, not never going to be foolproof, but making it less likely that an error is going to occur.   Stacey Simms  10:17 I know that people really have good success with it, but it would make me very nervous as   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  10:24 I share that   Stacey Simms  10:26 was just a go. I mean, insulin we know has a shelf life, so to speak, you know, out of the refrigerator for 28 days and in the refrigerator for the date that's on the packaging, just diluting it change that.   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  10:39 It shouldn't but obviously, as you indicated, I mean, you want to do it, and then this sterile fashion as possible. So you know, it I, and again, I'm stating the obvious here, but, you know, we think 28 days, it's not because on the 29th day, the insulin no longer functions, it degrades over time. And considering particularly when you're dealing with small doses like this, and considering the accuracy that we try to achieve with regards to dosing for the individual carbohydrates for the correction doses, you if if on day 45, your insulin is 90% as effective as it was in day one. That's not ideal. So that's why we generally encourage people to rotate out the vial over the 10 every 28 days now, in a child that isn't using very much insulin, you know that that means you're disposing of a lot of insulin. And so you know, there is a certain level of waste there. What we typically try to do is, you know, your pens hold 300 units, your vials hold a full thousand units. I think, if you're looking at it from an economical standpoint, even if you cannot use the pen to the The video says you can draw from the pen with a syringe. However, I think it's incredibly important that folks understand that once you've done that with a pen, you're going to potentially introduce error to any insulin you deliver with the pen mechanism. In other words, you're changing the volume within that cartridge in such a way that if you then turn around and use that pen, the way it's intended, you run the risk of inaccuracies in the dosing. So we always tell folks, once you've drawn from a pen with a syringe don't revert to using that pen has as an injection device by itself.   Stacey Simms  12:37 Yeah, yeah, we do that we actually pulled insulin out sometimes to using the pump from a pen. But then you cannot use that pen to inject as a pen. That's it. It's done. If now it's just a big dumb vial. You can't use it anymore.   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  12:50 It's a little it's a little   Stacey Simms  12:51 it's a little dump file. Um, okay. You mentioned instead of diluted insulin, that you would prefer the precision of an insulin pump. And this isn't an editorial statement, but I'm just thinking when I remember when my son was on the insulin pump, he was two and a half. And I see these babies that are on insulin pumps, and the babies are so teeny tiny, you know, and the pumps are so large, this isn't really a medical question. But they really do okay on them.   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  13:20 They do they, I mean, you you make allowances I mean, if you think about So, so here is where your choice of pub is important. You know, the easiest pump is is the only pot I mean in terms of educating people how to use it, in terms of placing it and so forth. The problem is is you appreciate the pod takes up quite a bit real estate, when you compare it with a tip you know, and otherwise traditional infusions site. So that comes into play as well. I mean, typically you're placing the pod either on the fly of an infant or a box and, you know, changing diapers and so forth that then becomes a potential issue there. So it is not without its difficulties, but it does allow you for more flexibility for more precision in insulin dosing. And if you think about the youngest one, let's let's take an infant who's breastfeeding while they're feeding every two hours, you know, get first of all, that's a lot of injections. If you don't go with, you know, I generally will prefer to provide insulin more physiologically, if the child is continuing to make some insulin on their own might be able to use a long acting insulin to kind of cover things over the course of the day. But you're not going to achieve the degree of control that most folks would really see as, as as a goal with just money Jessica, this one you can do intermediate acting insulins, but then you You're really requiring that you have regimented, you know, caloric intake, carbohydrate intake. And in a very young child, or an instance of that better eat type in, I think it's nearly impossible to ensure that.   Stacey Simms  15:19 Well, you you brought up breastfeeding, which is on the list because I see these moms. Again, my son was a little bit older. I did breastfeed, but it was done by the time he was 23 months old. But a lot of these moms are breastfeeding their kids with Type One Diabetes, which I think is unbelievably challenging, because we don't know what they're actually eating. Even without diabetes, we worry about that. So what do you tell moms who really want to continue breastfeeding? You mentioned a couple of different options there. But do you just check a billion times? I mean, how do you do it?   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  15:54 Well, I again, not that to put more more hardware, so to speak on this little one, but You know, this is where continuous glucose monitor, you know, I think is a lifesaver be provides you with a lot of data and you know, you could certainly, and decimal changes over time, but you can certainly have the breast milk analyzed and you can you can look at the carbohydrate content and so forth, but you still don't know what volume that child is going to take. So, it is a bit of trial and error, quite honestly, I mean, so much as type one diabetes management is, but it really comes down to well, you know, pro breastfeeding session, you know, the blood sugar typically goes up x, you know, we'll try a little bit of insulin and we'll see how that goes. And it really becomes trial and error and this is where, you know, it is it is so much a partnership between the diabetes care provider and the parents. Many times and the primarily being mom, but you know, it is trial and error. We always OPT or The default will be, you know, we want to be really cognizant of the risk for low blood sugars. So we don't want to over those will likely undergoes, you know, until not that many years ago, you know, we as as a pediatric endocrinology community would say, Well, you know, it's a very it's very young child, we might tolerate, you know, a one sees of nine, in some cases 10%. Now, I think nowadays, with the more rapid acting insulin analogs with the possibility of insulin pump therapy with continuous glucose monitoring, we're all those things help reassure us and allow us to be more aggressive, so to speak. So we don't have infants with blood sugars that are routinely elevated, you know, once you cross that threshold of 180, or 200. Keep in mind that that child is is going to be urinating more because they're losing glucose in the urine, and so That creates challenges in terms of keeping them hydrated. And certainly you've got to get more calories into them because they're losing them. And so, you know, it definitely is a complicated process.   Stacey Simms  18:12 All right, we have to stop you there. Because I have to go back. I've written a bunch of notes, and we're going to follow up on everything you've said. But there's two really dumb questions I do have to ask before we move on. And the first is, oh, well, hang on. So sending the breast milk out to be analyzed. Who is analyzing their breast milk? No, do I? How do you mean, how do you do it? Is that something people should   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  18:34 do? Well, I think it's probably I mean, yeah, you can have that done.   Stacey Simms  18:43 Who does that? Well Google it and find a bunch of services that give me the calorie count.   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  18:49 No, no, no, I think I think you get bored with your healthcare provider and you can send it out to a laboratory and have that done. Now, I and I'm not saying that that absolutely, positively has I think, you know, in many cases, that's probably the healthcare provider, the dermatologist, trying to get a better handle on things, you know, and it makes the trial and error perhaps a little bit easier. But, you know, breast milk does change and it's it's consistency. And it's caloric content and so forth, over over, you know, the period that the child is breastfeeding. So it's not foolproof, it's not as if you know, you've got a nutrition label that tells you exactly what what the what the   makeup is the breast milk fascinating.   Stacey Simms  19:41 And then I guess that would be a lot of help for pumping breast milk as well. Right.   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  19:48 Exactly, exactly. So, you know, for and again, as a pediatrician, we obviously advocate for breastfeeding. breastfeeding is best and pumping does allow You particularly for, you know, a child that maybe is having some challenges in terms of feeding on a routine basis or even, you know, tolerating the large volume and so forth, you know, being able to quantitate that I think goes a long way and making it easier.   Stacey Simms  20:20 So, you mentioned that in the past, you would be okay, or you tell parents, it's very reassuring to have an agency of nine or 10 at this very young age. And I assume that's because the alternative was so dangerous. You know, you don't want the kids to be going low without CGM in the past and without the fast acting insulin is just so difficult. But I've also heard that in the past, it was thought that there was some kind of protection when kids were very little that the highs kind of didn't matter as much was that am I correct in thinking I heard that somewhere. And is there any truth to it?   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  20:50 Yeah, no, no, no, you are correct. And so the way I used to think of it as well, people didn't think that you know, with regards to complications, and and You know, serious consequences of high blood sugars, that that clock didn't start ticking until after puberty? To which I think that's pretty ridiculous. Unfortunately, over the course of my career, I have seen very young adults that, that, you know, we're poorly controlled. And in young adulthood, they're they're suffering the ravages of high blood sugars there. They've got renal impairment, they're there, they're having issues with their site and so forth. That that, we can't do that. And in as you've indicated, I think this is where continuous glucose monitoring allows us to be far more aggressive. No longer do I have to have a parent check twice a night every night to make sure that that child isn't having low blood sugars overnight. And so as a consequence, I can be more aggressive and say, Well, no, we don't have to have that baby. Go to sleep with a blood sugar of 200. Because we're worried about lows, we can target something far lower because we know that we're going to be able to, in the case of the dex conference that it will alarm that will, it will, you know, notify the parent that, that there's an impending blood sugar and you can intervene before the top actually goes well,   Stacey Simms  22:22 before we go on, I just want to be clear on and maybe this is a bit more of an editorial statement, but I think you'll back me up when you're saying that the concern about babies and toddlers, you know, going over 200, because you know, we're all looking at time and range. Now those of us were lucky enough to use CGM, which is really 70 or 80 to 180. I don't want parents who are maybe newer diagnosed, to feel like their kids are going to die or go blind if they hit 200. Because obviously, you don't want to stay there. You don't want to stay at 300. But can you give us a little reassurance that the concern there is just on a regular basis, you're worried about hydration, you're worried about long term But if your child hits 200 it's not the end of the world. I just worry about. I don't know. All right, I'll let you talk. Sorry.   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  23:11 No, no, no, no, I really do appreciate you pointing that out. Because there are some parents that, you know, I think sometimes we, we, we, we focus on, you know, this is the ideal. I think we're actually doing much better with CGM now. But, you know, it used to be that the gold standard was, you know, up a post meal blood sugar that doesn't go over 180. And you have to appreciate that even somebody that doesn't have diabetes does have a rise in their blood sugar after meal, but it typically doesn't go above you know, certainly 140. So, you know, it your point i think is well taken. We don't want the parent of any child or a particularly young child to think oh my lord, you know, they've they've had Our blood sugar's of 230. Over the last week, horrible things are going to happen. That That certainly is not the case. We do for the reasons that you've raised, particularly with regards to hydration, and just overall longer term risk. We do want to minimize high blood sugars, but you know that the occasional blood sugar over, you know, 200 is not going to have lasting effects on that child.   Stacey Simms  24:34 All right. Which brings us to another topic that I think is really important for this is more toddlers than babies, but once they start eating, right, we all know that pre bola Singh is the gold standard you're supposed to figure out, you know how far in advance when my son was younger, we could bolus ahead maybe 10 minutes. Now we can pre bolus 20 even 30 minutes for some meals. He's a big kid. You know, it's differently it's a lot different have a 15 year old than a 23 month old But that also can be very complicated for parents who don't know what the heck they're toddlers going to eat. I'm curious what you counsel people who say, you know, how do I do this? My kid throws food on the floor, or he will only eat a cookie, or we sit down to eat and he takes two hours to eat breakfast, you know, how do you I have my own feelings? But I'm curious as a as a mom, but as a medical professional, what you tell people?   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  25:24 Yeah, so, okay. Management of Type One Diabetes is all about compromise. I think back to you know, early in my career in diabetes is when the first rapid acting insulin came came came on board, and that that was life priority walk. And so prior to that, you know, the recommendation would human regular insulin was to administer it 30 minutes before before eating. And so I, you know, I imagined the parents of a very young child toddler, where they they did what they were told and then The child refuses to eat whatever they put in front of them. And, you know, at that point, you know, panic sets in and is you know, children learn very quickly. And those children many times and hold out for whatever it is that they want it. And so you can imagine the the parent getting out the, the ice cream or, or the chocolate milk or whatever it is little Johnny wants little Johnny's going to get because the consequences otherwise is that that child is going to have, you know, potentially a serious low blood sugar. So the rapid insulin analogs allowed us then to say, Well, you know, human log Nova log a Pedro have an onset of action of bout twice as fast as regular insulin. And so, understanding that it wasn't perfect, but it was reasonable to say well, if you really not sure that that child is going to eat you can give the influence after they're done, now, if they take an hour to eat, that's going to be a problem because you're going to get a significant blood sugar rise. Before that insulin actually starts working. Keep in mind that even your rapid acting insulin analogs, they don't peak for an hour to hour and a half. So, if you're waiting to give the insulin, you know, after you eat, there's going to be a significant rise in blood sugar before it comes down. And, you know, this is where, again, you know, you're you're now for lack of a better term, ultra rapid acting insulin a logs that are now coming to the forefront or about twice as fast as your human log, no log in a Phaedra. And so I think, from that perspective, there's hope that we're not going to suffer from, you know, higher blood sugars just because we're giving insulin beforehand. You know, we're the one ultra Rapid acting insulin and all that is currently available is as part of its fat, the dashboard or fast. And that's made by Millville. I know that we're actually doing one study here at our center with the ultra rapid form of human walk. And so it's interesting because at least in the adult studies, that insulin given up to 20 minutes after the meal, worked about as well as controlling the blood sugar is giving, you know, ordinary life pro human log beforehand. That's great. So I think, yeah, absolutely. So I again, it's allowing us to be more aggressive and limiting the rise in blood sugar after a meal, even if it's given afterwards.   Stacey Simms  28:48 Yeah, and I will admit, we did not have a CGM until my son was nine years old. And we just came up before that, but frankly, I didn't think it was accurate enough at the time for what we needed, and he didn't want to Second Sight, told the story before. So we bolused after until he was probably six years old, and not having to use glucose monitor, obviously, you're not seeing the rise of blood sugar, because to two hours later, he's fine. But our agencies were always great. You know, I really feel like it didn't hurt him, for whatever reason to do it that way. He's also though, you know, he was a healthy eater, he did not take an hour and a half to eat a meal, he probably took three seconds to eat his food. So it doesn't really like we were waiting that long. But but it really can be done. And I'll be honest with you, Dr. I really feel like and this is a little soapbox moment, which I may take out, we'll see. But this is a little soapbox moment. I just feel like you can you can create disordered eating, honestly, if you're not careful. You know, and if your kid starts saying things like I'm going to only the ice cream or I'm going to hold out for the desert. You know, there's really and my heart goes out to parents who are so concerned about never rising over. 120 or 140? I see these parents, Facebook groups all the time. And it's like, oh my gosh, your kids. I mean, I hate to say it, your kids can have diabetes. For a long time. I hope there's a cure. But I mean, it's very difficult. So I appreciate you saying that. I appreciate you giving some hope fest directing insolence. But just permission to bowl this after is amazing. But also, you mentioned if they're gonna eat for an hour, again, with an insulin pump, it's so helpful because you can maybe bolus right there's there's 25 carbs in this plate. I'm going to get five carbs up front. I'm going to give five carbs five writes in right I mean, you can do it as they go to which is fabulous.   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  30:40 Now, I think if I may digress for a moment, I think, you know, I'm sure you've heard the term brutal diabetes. Yes. And it and so I really on in my career, and admittedly erroneously assumed that was a non adherent patient. In other words, their blood sugar's were far more difficult to control because they weren't doing doing what we told them as their providers to do. And over the years, I've come to appreciate that even though I still don't like the term, type one diabetes, not Type One Diabetes for everyone. We've done so much research over the last few years. There are individuals that have had type one diabetes, you know, that the gold medalist from Johnson that continue to make insulin years and years later and so for individuals that have you know, their their pancreas is still making some insulin. It it's far easier for them to have more stable blood sugars, as opposed to someone who's totally dependent on what we refer to is exhaustion is rejected insulin by a pump or or needle. It's a different animal. And so, you know, if you have an individual that is, if you think about has a prolonged honeymoon period, they're making insulin summons, when not enough in the background kind of takes the edge off. If you think about it, not only, you know, in that honeymoon period, not only are the blood sugars that are controlled on the top end, but think about the risk for low blood sugars, it's less because, for example, if you're making 50% of the insulin you need, and you're going low, you have the ability to turn off that 50%, at least in theory, right, so that your body can respond by making less insulin, and therefore you have less risk for low blood sugar. So, you know, I think I've grown somewhat wiser over the years and in really come to appreciate that. You know, it just because someone has erratic blood sugars, it doesn't mean that they're not following the management plan.   Stacey Simms  32:58 Absolutely. And then conversely, I will say, perhaps I was on my high horse. If someone has a good experience, it doesn't mean that's because they're doing everything right. I will also point out that for one some magical reason, my son does not get ketones easily at all. And it's been it's been a remarkable because it has, I mean, knock on wood, all I can everything I can knock on. But you know, he just doesn't develop that he's been sick just like every other kid. He's been high for days. I mean, he's a teenager, and he hasn't developed large ketones that I ever remember where I have a friend whose kid hits to 50 for two hours, and he's got large ketones. So it's a great reminder that everyone's experience really is different. I appreciate that. Let's just talk a little bit you mentioned the honeymoon period. I have heard again, this is a lot of I've heard Can you confirm but I have heard that when children get type one it is very acute, and almost always the honeymoon period is either short or you know the insulin producing cells are just gone. Is that true?   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  34:05 Depends.   This is one of those areas. So you're probably familiar with Type One Diabetes trauma. And before that it was the diabetes prevention trial. So we had been screening family members of individuals with Type One Diabetes, to determine, really, you know, who's at greatest risk. And then in some cases, we've been doing oral glucose tolerance test, really, if you think about it, just kind of testing your pancreas to see if they can make enough insulin to keep the blood sugar in normal range, even with lots of sugar coming in all at once. And what we found is that, you know, the progression first tends to be more late and slower in older individuals and it tends to be most aggressive than the youngest, which is a little bit disheartening, but but it is what it is. And so there was a publication came out that was jointly authored by the endocrine society jdrf and the ADA, and this came out, don't quote me on this, you will have to double check it, but I think it was December of 20 16%. I'll look it up. And, and based upon and I can provide the reference later on, but based upon largely all the individuals that we screened, and trauma, and our follow up of them, what we have determined is that type one diabetes, you don't have type one diabetes, when you end up with high blood sugar and in the emergency room, we are typical symptoms of urinating a lot, drinking lot, perhaps losing weight without trying. Those are the classic triad of symptoms that we that we associate with gosh, you have type one diabetes, we can and we have intermit, tested up to five different antibodies that we can measure in the bloodstream, that are a signal that the immune system has begun to Identify the cells in the pancreas that make insulin the beta cells as quote for it, and then the immune system makes antibodies that can target those cells. We can measure up to five, what we've determined is in individuals that have two or more, their lifetime risk of developing type one diabetes is nearly 100%. So that's where it's now accepted that there's a staging system for type one diabetes. Stage One is when you have an antibody, at least lashley, excuse me, two antibodies of the five. Stage Two is when you have those two antibodies, and on that oral glucose tolerance test, the stress test for the islet cells that they don't rise to a level but the standard for diagnosing Type One Diabetes based on the test is a two hour level it's 200 milligrams per deciliter or more. So you haven't reached that threshold, but you're above the 140 So you're in that gray zone. So that's what we refer to as glucose intolerance. It basically tells us that the beta cells are starting to fail, so to speak. And so that's stage two. Stage Three is when you have classic symptoms, when you generally present with clinical symptoms, and then stage four, or individuals that have established diabetes for an extended period of time. So So to answer your question, the auto immune process occurs in the background. And it's, you know, we are as part of research studies, primarily trauma screening individually. I'm sorry, there are some religious studies in Europe as well. But we're screening individuals that we know are a great risk or greater risk because having a family member now, if I can go off a little bit for a moment, keep in mind that the vast majority of people that get diagnosed with Type One Diabetes do not have a family member. Okay. So Somewhere around 90 95%. But for those individuals that do have a family member, their relative risk is about 15 fold greater. And you might say, well, gosh, that sounds like, you know, that's terrible, that's really high. What you're what you're basically looking at is a relative risk of about 5%. In other words, for every 100 individuals that we screen that has a family member with type one, only five end up being in a body positive. If you were to look at that in the general population, it's maybe two or 3000, as opposed to 500. So the risk is greater in family members, but the majority of individuals who do get diagnosed with Type One Diabetes, there is no family history.   Stacey Simms  38:46 It's so interesting, and that that was us. You know, we had no family history, like so many people, as you said, but then three years later, my cousin was diagnosed. So now we're thinking, hmm, you know, is it something is it because we won't know I mean, you really I guess we won't know until the next generation perhaps, but both kids have gone through. Several of us have gone through trial net. So, you know, nobody else has any markers. So we shall see. But it's a great idea. I know it's you know, it's funny because it is great. And then you have to be honest with you. I my first reaction was guilt. I mean, I guilty that I didn't have it, and I would have felt guilty if I did have it. Oh, that's a different show. Okay, so we're gonna Yeah, exactly. Um, I got a really interesting question that I wanted to make sure to address to you and it was about food and I know you know, you maybe I could have a nutritionist on and go into this in a more specialized way. But the question was, sometimes especially with kids, you know, we get these these free snacks. You know, you can have I remember my son was anything under 10 carbs was a free snack. But the question was low carb snacks are tough for infants and toddlers, because at this age group, things like nuts and raw vegetables. are choking hazard. Right? Any ideas or comments on low carb snacks?   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  40:06 Their challenge? Hey, if you think about it even, you know, I mean, breast milk, as we mentioned, or you know, regular milk, I mean that there are some carbohydrates there. I think, you know, it all comes down to, you know, as we said, it's a compromise, and you have to do your best I I have a number of patients who, we don't recommend this and younger children by any means, but there are adults, as you're probably aware, that find that their blood glucose control is far better if they really restrict your carbohydrates. Okay. And again, I want to emphasize again and children, we generally discourage that because children need a balanced diet in order to grow and develop, but adults will find in some cases, they severely restrict your carbohydrates. So we're talking about 15 or 20 grants in an entire day. Now, you might say, well do they need it? Certainly the basal insulin, you need that regardless. But for those individuals, we we focus on the protein intake, because protein will raise your blood sugar not nearly to the degree that carbohydrates do. But you need some insulin to cover that, that glucose rises that can occur with the increase with with intake of protein. So in the absence of carbohydrate, we look at dosing for protein. But the short answer to your question is, you know, it's going to depend on the age of the child, as you said, and youngest children, you don't want to give them foods that they may choke on. You should certainly make snacks with almond flour and things like that, where you know, you don't have that choking hazard. I think there are a lot more options out there now than there were in the past.   Stacey Simms  41:55 Yeah, another question I got was about communication. Because an oh my gosh, this was so difficult for us. You know, when you have an older child, they can tell you kind of how they're feeling even if they don't have all of the hypoglycemia awareness and they're not really sure how they feel. When you have a baby, they can't I mean, my son couldn't say diabetes. And how do you talk to parents about I remember my biggest question was, what is he napping? Is he low and passing out? You know, we were just checking him against the gym can be very helpful, but not everybody's gonna have one. You know, what do you eat? But   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  42:31 yeah, so that particular instance more and more. We try to get that child on the CGM as soon as we can. And we will we will go to bat for that family and we will try to get it covered through the insurance will find a way because otherwise, you know, I parents are sleep deprived. You're the monitoring that child overnight, and all hours. And so I think continuous glucose monitoring in that Keith is almost decentral. I mean, we we're at the point now where the devices are accurate enough. Certainly, we're well beyond the stage where the FDA said when they were first introduced that, you know, you couldn't do any insulin dosing based on the CGM reading. So we know that they're accurate. You know, we always double check the blood glucose if we're concerned, but I think it, it brings so much value that I really strongly advocate for trying every possible means to get that young child on a continuous glucose monitor.   Stacey Simms  43:40 And I'm, I'm sure if my son was diagnosed at that age today, I would push for it as well. But I do want to ask you one thing before I let you go here, you know, you said parents are sleep deprived. I don't know if you're aware you probably are. That even with CGM, and I actually think again editorial in part because of it, that more parents are more sleep deprived. Because they cannot stop looking at the numbers. And it's not only   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  44:05 to their self well,   Stacey Simms  44:07 please, but you know, you have your alarm set, but people either don't trust it, or they're so worried. Or On the flip side, as we mentioned earlier, they've got their higher alarm set to 125. So they're not sleeping even with CGM. Right you do about that? How do we balance this amazing technology that is supposed to give us less fear with this odd? I don't know if it's social media phenomenon, or what's happened in the last five years, where there is almost more fear, in a way,   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  44:35 right. So I think it really is a matter of education. And so I think that's where, you know, in some cases, you may be talking about maybe meeting with a psychologist to address those fears, but, but I always tell families, you know, I never tell a parent that they should not check if they feel they need to check. But I do tell them that I would like them to get to a place where they feel comfortable sleeping overnight, and not having to look continuously. And so that means, you know, ongoing communication with with that family and working with their diabetes care team to get them to a point where they feel comfortable, that's critically important. Otherwise, you know, all Type One Diabetes is stressful, I don't need to tell you that. But But getting folks to the place where, you know, they feel that it's less of a burden, and more more of a benefit of a tool that that will allow them to, to, you know, not not worry so much. You know, we're not at the point now, where we have closed loop systems, unfortunately, we're getting there, right. But if you think about it, even with a closed loop system, I can't tell you. It's funny. I've got patients now that have been on continuous glucose monitoring. Almost At the time they were diagnosed. And it was it was telling to me because I had a patient say, Well, what did folks do before there was CGM? It's, it's really interesting. But But I will tell you not to put all the blame on the adolescence. But you know, I said I had all this and patients that for whatever reason, you know, their CGM, either they run out of supplies or, you know, as you as you mature, know, a couple weekends ago, you know, there was lots of connectivity receivers and still work, but, but at any rate, they somehow forget that they have the ability to poke their fingers and use a traditional glucose monitor. So, yeah, yeah, it's a challenge. But even when you have a closed loop system, you know, influence being delivered under the skin, you're dependent upon that little Kameelah that sits under the skin. So one of the things that I really, really focus on is, you know, kind of worst case scenario. So, if don't change your site right before you go to bed, you want to make sure that you have the ability to observe you with a CGM or do a blood sugar reject, you know, an hour to after you set aside change, you know, As matter of routine, so that you know that the candle is in place that is, you know, the insulin being delivered and so forth. You we always have to come back to basics. If you have a closed loop system, and there's an interruption in insulin delivery, you need to be aware. And so I think those are some basic skills that that folks will have to still master even when we have closed systems.   Stacey Simms  47:28 Yeah, that's at any age too. That's great advice. Alright, so let me ask you one more question here. Before we wrap this up, you are a pediatric endo. You've seen kids from infant ages, you said and you do see some young adults. So what's it like for you to see somebody who was diagnosed as a toddler or a baby? grow up with type one? I'm sure you've had patients. I mean, we've been seeing the same endo for 13 years and he's seen my son from a pacifier. I mean, my son would be mortified, but from a pacifier in diapers to now he's got his driver's permit. You know, what was it like for you? Watch these kids grow up.   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  48:02 It's inspiring. And actually, I, it's funny, you should mention that. So I've been at the University of South Florida now for nine years. And there's a patient that I saw at the time of diagnosis when I was in Indiana. And, you know, we both ended up moving down to this area. And so it's a young lady who's now a freshman in college, and I saw me she was diagnosed at five years of age, and, and she's just phenomenal. You know, it really is a testament to her to her, her family. You know, it's, it's funny. People ask me, and for years, they've asked me, Well, how do you how do you end up in diabetes? And I used to say that I don't have a personal connection to diabetes, because diabetes is not something that's my family, and we've got other issues. But now I tell some I don't have a genetic connection because I have had really the great fortune of working with individuals in the diabetes community, as you said, it's a fairly small one, particularly talking about type one. But there are some phenomenal inspiring individuals that that really, you know, when I have challenging days, I think of those individuals and it really does inspire me.   Stacey Simms  49:20 So as you're listening, and I know most listeners this week will probably be parents who have very young children. You know, I think we can all think I still think back, Dr. Rodriguez of when my son was diagnosed, and I thought what is his life going to be like, you know, this it's not going to be the life I thought he would lead. He's only he's not yet to and this is gonna ruin things. And it didn't. Like I said, He's got his permit. He's, he's healthy. He's obviously changed our life, but my fears from that age didn't come true.   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  49:51 And again, every day, individualism jdrf, the American Diabetes Association really has made great strides. You probably Heard of the ruling of the FAA? Just recently that, you know, used to be that I told children that, you know, what, what do you want to be when you grow up? And, and they tell you well, I want to be a pilot and that was not an option. Now is that now so? I think the technology, the advances in therapies have gotten us to a place where, you know, we, you can do just about anything you want to do. And so that's, that's something that's, we try to communicate that message to all of our families.   Stacey Simms  50:35 Well, thank you so much for spending so much time with me, I could probably talk to you for another three hours, but I really appreciate it. Thanks for sharing so much of your expertise.   Dr. Henry Rodriguez  50:43 Well, it's a pleasure chatting with you. -------------------- (Stacet) I'll link up some more information including the Facebook groups that I mentioned, for the very youngest people with type one diabetes over at the homeless. page and remember on the episode homepage you can find the whole transcription of this interview. I know it was long I really appreciate that you stuck with it stuck with it coming up in just a minute. Tell me something good. We're gonna go to the other end of the spectrum, not babies, but a woman who was diagnosed 62 years ago. Diabetes Connections is brought to you by Dexcom and we've been using the Dexcom G6 since it came out last summer and it's amazing. The Dexcom G6 is now FDA permitted for no finger sticks. Whoops. We've been using the Dexcom G6 since it came out and it's amazing the Dexcom G6 is now FDA permitted for no finger sticks for calibration and diabetes treatment decisions. You do that two hour warm up and the number just pops up - previous iterations of Dexcom didn't do that. I am still getting used to that kind of magical pop up without calibration. You know we have been using Dexcom for six years now and it just keeps getting better. The G6 has Longer sensor. We're now 10 days, and the new sensor applicator is so easy to use. Benny does it by himself. He says it doesn't hurt. Of course we love the alerts. Of course, we love the alerts and alarms, and that we can set them how we want. If your glucose alerts and readings from the G6 do not match symptoms or expectations, use a blood glucose meter to make diabetes treatment decisions. To learn more, go to diabetes dash connections dot com and click on the Dexcom logo. It's time now for Tell me something good brought to you by real good foods where we tell the good news in our community. And I got a great note in the Facebook group and that's diabetes connections the group if you're not in there already, please go ahead and join. Carolyn Fellman said that she is celebrating 62 years with Type One Diabetes. She writes. I was diagnosed at 11 I remember the pan at 11. I remember the pan my mom kept on the back of the stove with the glass syringe. And steel needle that had to be boiled every morning, I took about 70 units of length take insulin. I'm sure if I'm saying that right. One of my favorite stories she says is that one day my mom asked the pharmacist for a pumice stone to file a rough spot of a needle. And he yelled at her for an actress buying a new needle, they cost 50 cents. I started MDI about 40 years ago, and a pump about 25 years ago. I got a Dexcom two years ago, and I learned more about what my body does with food in that first year with a CGM that I had learned in the previous 60. Thanks for asking. She says, well, Caroline, thanks for asking. She says, well, Carolyn, thank you so much for telling us your story. And one of the best parts about her post in the Facebook group is that other people who've lived with type one for 5060 years, chimed in and started telling their own stories. It's just so great to hear and it's just incredible to think about how far everything has come I mean you hear these stories right but here's somebody who lived it and is still doing well. Wow Carolyn I really appreciate it! Send me your Tell me something good stories we’re sharing them on social media this year as well. It can be anything from a very big milestone diverse story to something your kid did that was fun to something you really just want to share maybe someone in your community did something nice. You can email me Stacey at diabetes dash connections calm or post it on social I'm all over the place. Stacey at diabetes dash connections. com or post it in the Facebook group or message me over social bind me and tell me something good. As I mentioned in our last full episode with the time shiftiness of podcasting, Benny was supposed to get off crutches and into physical therapy and I am thrilled to announce that he is if you're new to the show, he tore his meniscus in October and it has been a long road. He missed the entire Wrestling's Season pretty much, it's almost over now. But he's doing great. He's been so patient. I mean, I got to give this kid some credit. It's been really tough and he's done a great job. He has just had a really good attitude in a really crummy situation. So I'm really, really proud of him. We went to see our endocrinologist in the beginning of January, it was a great visit. He's had the same a one see, for the last three, maybe four visits, if not all four. It's been very, very close, which we're really thrilled with. Going to be excited to see what happens with control IQ. And if that makes a difference. I can't imagine that it won't. Our next book stop is actually tonight. If you're listening today, this is released on the 14th. I'm heading to Columbia, South Carolina, to talk to the JDRF chapter there. I'm very excited to share some world's worst diabetes mom stories, and then it's off to Raleigh on February 1, we're doing a lot of stuff around the Carolinas, which I love. I live in Charlotte, North Carolina, North Carolina, I posted the complete book tour through March on social media and you can see all of the stops at diabetes dash connections. com just click on community. We have a short episode one of our minisodes coming out on Thursday, and that is all about control IQ. I did a full episode with all the information you need and you can go back just a couple of weeks ago that is with Molly McElwain. Malloy, this episode is just my hope for control IQ, my expectations, my thinking, my expectations, my thinking on hybrid closed loop. You know what I really think Benny is going to get out of it. So that's coming up in just a couple of days. So that's coming up in just a couple of days. Make sure you are subscribed to this podcast. If you're listening on a podcast app, hit subscribe and you will never miss an episode. Thanks as always, to my editor john Kenneth from audio editing solutions. Thank you all so much for listening. I'm Stacey Simms. I'll see you back here on Thursday when we're talking about control IQ   Transcribed by https://otter.ai

Who am I? How did I get here? Where do we hope to go? Join me as I reveal a bit about my background, the inspiration for this podcast, and some insights on my childhood experiences - which informed my view on love and divorce, my process coming to terms with the end of my marriage, and what truly matters moving forward!

Who am I? How did I become obsessed with carnival? Why did I start this podcast? Get the answers to these questions and more on this pre-launch episode of Nice-ish. We're dropping the first OFFICIAL episode on Wednesday, January 1, 2020! Subscribe now! --- Send in a voice message: https://anchor.fm/niceish/message

I AM TALKING WITH PROF. DR. FRANZ RUPPERT A few facts first: His field of expertise is Psychotraumatology. He just finished his book “Love, Desire and Trauma”. As a psychotherapist & professor in psychology, he developed the Identity oriented Psychotraumatherapy (IoPT). And what does this mean for us, for me? • If almost everybody is traumatized, how traumatized am I? • How traumatized is then our childhood? • And what about a mother, who comes with a victim mentality, is she really not the victim, but - and according to Prof. Dr. Franz Ruppert - the perpetrator? • How does his deep knowledge affect my life? • And how are his vast experiences helping me to understand the bigger picture, why people keep repeating the same negative pattern and actions over generations again and again? This is a very interesting talk – honest & challenging. We will have a next dialogue beginning of 2020 on “Leadership & Trauma and what it does to the world”.

I How should humanity know and regard God's authority, His sovereignty over human fate? This problem confronts all mankind. When facing problems in your life, how will you fathom and tastea God's authority and sovereignty? When you cannot understand, when you face the problems of your life, what attitude should you assume to demonstrate your will and desire to obey God's sovereign plan? II You should wait on God's timing, on people, events, and things arranged and planned by God. Bit by bit, God will show you His will. You should seek through people and things to see how God's intentions are kind. You will understand His truth and the ways that you must keep. God will lay before your eyes the fruits He wants to achieve. Submit and accept God's sovereignty and all things that are set up by Him, to taste how your Maker directs your fate, supplies you with life, and fills you with truth. All things obey natural laws under God's plan and sovereignty. If you determine to let God lead, arrange and direct everything for you, you must wait, seek, and submit. This attitude is needed by all who bow before God. Those who toil to have this quality shall reach true reality. from "God Himself, the Unique III" in The Word Appears in the Flesh

I How significant is God's saving work, more important than all other things to Him. With purposed plans and will, not just thoughts and words, He does everything for all mankind. O how significant it is, God's saving work, for both man and Himself. How busy God is, what effort He makes. He manages His work, rules all things, all people. Never seen before, at so great a price. In His work, God reveals to man bit by bit what God is and has, the price He's paid, wisdom, power, all His disposition. No matter how hard the work, no matter what obstacles, no matter how weak and rebellious man is, nothing can stop God, nothing is too hard, nothing is too hard. II How close is God, what intimacy for the ones He chooses to manage and save. In this universe, who else ever had such an intimate relationship with God? In His heart, they are most important and He values them above all. How they hurt God, how they disobey. Even though He's paid such a great price for them, tirelessly God works, no complaints, no regrets, knowing someday humans will be moved by His words. They'll wake up to His call, recognize Him Lord of all, return to His side. No matter how hard the work, no matter what obstacles, no matter how weak and rebellious man is, nothing can stop God, nothing is too hard, nothing is too hard. Wow … wow … wow … wow … Wow … wow … wow … wow … from "God's Work, God's Disposition, and God Himself III" in The Word Appears in the Flesh

In this edition of Ask a Death Doula LIVE from Orlando, Florida, I will share the last ten days on the road and doing Doulagivers Training and outreach from the west coast to the east coast. I will then talk about the new LIFE section of Ask a Death Doula called "Asked a Death Doula About Life" where I will share teachings and education based on the forthcoming book "Top 13 Life Lessons from the Dying" by Suzanne B. O'Brien RN In this Live Podcast, I will cover "The Coast to Coast Doulagivers Tour and How to Understand and Access Your Big "I" The four bodies of energy What is the little "I"? What is the big "I"? How the Little 'I" runs the show 95% of the time How the Little "I" is the root cause of the dysfunctional state of the world today How the only way to find true fulfillment in this life is through the Big 'I" What Dying Patients say about the Big "I" How to take a "Time In" The 5 for 5 Doulagivers exercises for practicing presence

Recorded Oct 9th Topics: James Neal Calgary Flames are Mucho Macho The Edge Alec Baldwin Will Always Sleep With Your Wife Stauffer's movie tastes The Naked Director Scary Kids "That" Dr. Who Episode Mike Smith's Game vs Kings Islander Game Review: "It Was Crazy." "There's no middling mojo" "What movie character am I?" How to Watch the Game When Homeless More Mucho Macho Milan Lucic, sorry, is a psycho Thoughts going into the Devil's Game Have you ever? Favorite Secret Bars in Vancouver Viral Marketing? New Ideas I Had at a Bar "Just not a Prog Metal Fan" Everyone Goes on and on about Taylor Hall Adam Larsson: Are you Looking at the jib, bro? Rogers: The Worst Serial Killer Shows Lesson to Kids #1 Predicting the Score Against the Devils How Long Can a Tirade Last? Who Gets the Start in Goal vs NJ? The pure jib of Mikko Koskinen Arguing about goalie splits Tippy's Boy Kool AD Advice to the Kids #2 On Editing What's our Signoff Betting on the NJ score Twitter will send Interpol

I’ve been quiet for a few weeks. We were waiting for some medical test results back for someone I love and it triggered me to a really difficult place. I didn’t post on social media or record podcasts, because I was frozen in a place of not being able to move forward.   It was hard...not only waiting for the results but also the frustration of feeling like my life was on hold. And I’m SO glad that they came back well. But this pattern in my life has happened again and again, and I really dug deep to ask myself about how we are all receiving diagnosis or feedback of EVERYTHING constantly.   Cancer - 38.4% - someone I know, in my circle, will go through this again.   It’s not the diagnosis, but how we address it, that ultimately creates what happens out of it. We can choose whether we look at it as a crisis or challenge.  Are you allowing the diagnosis of where you are at in your business or in your life at to be your crisis or your challenge?   Are you saying “I can’t” or how can I? How often are we self diagnosing? Or going to someone who isn’t credible to get an opinion?   You don’t have the time. You don’t have the resources. You’re not experienced enough. You don’t have the following. These aren’t a death sentence on your dreams, they are the diagnosis of the person who is giving you an opinion.   The reality? Most negative opinions come from people who haven’t had success in what you’re doing. It seems impossible for them because they haven’t done it, or haven’t done it successfully!   If you ask someone who has done the things you want (balancing kids + a career, creating their own business, enriching their relationship), they’ll tell you HOW they did it, the challenges they overcome and how you can do it. If you ask someone who hasn’t, they’ll give you every possible reason you can’t, because that’s all their brain + experience knows.   So recently, I was personally diagnosed with severe Mthfr. The Mother - f-er gene. Severe genetic mutation!!!  - 30% of people have it, 10% have a severe form.   Two thoughts - a crisis. I can’t, I can’t, I can’t. A challenge - what’s the best methylfolate. How can I detox my body, since it doesn’t do it the way it should? Tips: Stop seeing things as a critical diagnosis when they are really a challenge. Get the professional opinion of someone who is an expert because they’ve done it! Replace I can’t with how can I. That will CHANGE the way you look at any challenge.   For more info on the host, visit, www.rebeccacafiero.com and follow Rebecca on Instagram @rebeccacafiero ! Want a chance to win a $50 LuluLemon Gift Card? Click Here to leave a review on Apple Podcasts Take a screenshot of your review! Email your screenshot to rebecca@rebeccacafiero.com Let’s connect on social media! Instagram | Facebook | LinkedIn

Quick show notes Our Guest: Andrew Sprouse What he'd like for you to see: TakeShape's new Mesh service His JAMstack Jams: Netlify | Gatsby | And of course TakeShape His musical Jam: The timeless Metal of Iron Maiden and the Thai-inspired acousitc stylings of Khruangbin Other Tech mentioned Webhook CMS FaunaDB Amazon AWS Imgix Cloudinary Transcript Bryan Robinson 0:00 Hello everyone! Welcome to another episode of the That’s my JAM stack podcast where we profile amazing people working in this new methodology. In this podcast, we dare to ask the age-old question “What’s your jam in the JAMstack?!” I’m your host Bryan Robinson and today I’m joined by Andrew Sprouse. Andrew is a cofounder and CTO of the amazing JAMstack company TakeShape. Bryan Robinson 0:59 So, Andrew, thanks for coming on the show today. Can you give our listeners a little background, who you are what you do for work and for fun? Andrew Sprouse 1:05 Yeah, great. Thanks for having me, by the way. Um, so I'm Andrew. I'm the CTO and co founder of a company called TakeShape. And take shape builds tools for JAMstack developers. And outside of TakeShape. I like to cook I like to ride my bike. And I like to code. So Bryan Robinson 1:27 very nice. So that not not just coding, but also cooking and bike riding. What kind of stuff do you cook? Andrew Sprouse 1:32 Oh, I'm, I'm very passionate about barbecuing. So any type of you know, charcoal fires, smoking. I have like a wood pizza attachment for my grill. So it's that's like a fun project on the weekends. Bryan Robinson 1:49 Very nice. I'm from Memphis. So I take barbecue very seriously, we might not want to get into strong opinions on that too much. Andrew Sprouse 1:55 yeah, I think you would win on that one. Bryan Robinson 1:59 So obviously, now you're a CTO of a JAMstack company. But what was kind of your entry point into the JAMstack world? Andrew Sprouse 2:06 Yeah. So my introduction to sort of static sites and JAMstack goes back to 2010, when we first started using AWS at work, and at the time, I was working with my co founder, Mark, but at Newsweek magazine on the web team there. And so we found out that you could just put HTML files on s3, and then you could host them, basically with zero effort. And it was super fast. And so that was like, wow, if we could really do you know, the whole website this way, that would be amazing. Andrew Sprouse 2:48 So fast forward, like a few months, Mark left to pursue his own creative agency. And one of the first sites that he did was just some HTML, JavaScript and CSS on on s3. And it was the first proof where it was like it was this site for a charity called the Dobbs stories. And it was this first proof that, you know, you could build a full featured website, just with static files. And so that sort of influenced the way that we started to build from that, then on. Bryan Robinson 3:24 Okay, so So when you were at Newsweek were y'all using anything other than just hosting the static files on s3, were you going bigger? Or was it still like you had your content management system for the news? And Andrew Sprouse 3:33 yeah, so unfortunately, back then, we were using enterprise CMS called, it was called Day CQ5. Now, it's called Adobe, AN so since everything couldn't be static, we would spend a lot of time caching, like doing really robust caching. And so that was kind of like, the website, in effect was static. But it was just being served from a cache as opposed to proactively pushing it out to, you know, s3 or Netlify or something. So we we didn't have the tools back then to be able to make the whole site static. So we had to use this traditional CMS. Bryan Robinson 4:17 I actually worked in a news organization for about six years. And even like the side projects we did, we're still like database driven WordPress driven kind of stuff. And then we had our big content management system stack. Did y'all do any side projects like that on on static? Or were you like hosting in some other way? Andrew Sprouse 4:34 Yeah, so the discovery was for was for, you know, a side project was like, you could do a micro site with static hosting, but you can do the full blown media experience. Bryan Robinson 4:48 Gotcha. And so so there's that breakaway agency proof of concept. And then what was the big explosion point for you at that point? What what kind of tipped the scale into the giant, like static sites that you were doing? And then what was the JAMstack tipping point? Andrew Sprouse 5:04 So the tipping point really came along, when we found out that, you know, this is really clicking for the agency. So actually, fast forward a couple years, I joined Mark at the creative agency to help him with technology. And so we're working together. And we're realizing that every project that we do with static goes so smoothly. And you know, it's an amazing end result for the client. And so we start to push all of our clients to go static. And that just got easier and easier when there was more tools. And we had a really favorite tool called Webhook CMS. And it was sort of like a CMS and static site generator sort of built into one. And it was like that, for us was like, Whoa, if you combine this concept of Headless CMS plus static site generator, you get this amazing end result, it's easy to set up. And, you know, the the performance is great, and you don't get any calls, you know, late at night that the site's down or have any maintenance issues. Bryan Robinson 6:25 Nice. So so the JAMstack philosophy is professional, you've just been doing them for what sounds like like four or five years now as like your main go to what about personally or doing anything personally with the JAMstack and your side, like coding projects? Andrew Sprouse 6:38 Well, I'd love to have more side projects right now. But my, my main project is kind of my everything right now. So working on TakeShape. And actually building tools for the JAMstack on the JAMstack. Is is what I spend all my time doing nowadays. Bryan Robinson 7:02 So talk a little bit about that like building the JAMstack with the JAMstack. How does that work? How does that work? Andrew Sprouse 7:08 So TakeShape started out as a headless CMS. And from the very beginning, we wrote the API first. And so being in a jam, Sac State of Mind, we're like, well, how can we do this with no servers. So we built the back end all on AWS lambda using API gateway. So that was that was sort of the first step. And then we realized that our client app could simply be a static, single page react app that we host on s3. So it's actually using JAMstack techniques to build a CMS that's supremely useful for people who are building on the JAMstack. Andrew Sprouse 7:55 And we also incorporated just like our Webhook inspiration, we built a static site generator directly into the CMS so you could have the entire experience in one product. Bryan Robinson 8:09 I see that more and more in like JAMstack companies right now. I mean, Netlify is packing in like four or five different services. Obviously, AWS has a whole bunch of stuff built into it. And then I see you've also got the Mesh product, which is building an API's together, how's that been going? Andrew Sprouse 8:25 So the mesh has been an adventure. It's a problem that we've solved on our own many times, you know, for specific point to point things. But it's been an amazing adventure to try to figure out a way to generalize it and make it easier for everybody. So everybody can benefit from our experience, and frankly, our pain with integrating API's. Andrew Sprouse 8:51 So being able to use that mesh product in conjunction with our CMS product is just a, you know, it's the natural extension. So you have this idea of headless CMS with a custom data model. But then what our customers came to us for said, This CMS is great, but I have all these other things that I need to incorporate into my project. How do I do that? And what the best technique? And well, you know, as soon as we, our answer was, well, you have to launch a Netlify function and write all this custom code, and here's a sample project and then get repo that shows, you know, the sample people, you know, the eyes would roll back and, you know, glaze over. And they would sort of stop listening at that point, because they wanted it to be a plugin, or some sort of out of the box solution. So we realized there was a need for something like take shape mesh. Bryan Robinson 9:53 Definitely, yeah, when I was a, I actually have a little website, that's a repository of various products. And it's like, my client wants x, and there's so many things that clients want, and some of them make sense. some of them are a little bit weird, but, uh, but in the end that that is one of the impediments to getting JAMstack in agencies, at least when I worked in an agency that was one of the one of the problems? Andrew Sprouse 10:14 Yeah, absolutely. It's, it's like, the tools can be amazing, the end product can be amazing. But if you can't package it in a way that the client understands, you have a really hard time selling, you know, them on it. And that's something that traditionally WordPress, and traditional products have done really well, where it's like, oh, well, you need this feature. Well, there's just some random plugin, some guy wrote that, that kind of does that. And maybe it will, will work. But at a marketing level, that's amazing. Because like, oh, WordPress has infinite features. Andrew Sprouse 10:54 And then as the developer, you're saddled with some guys, you know, plugin that he wrote for one project, and you're kind of like, well, now I have a lot of work to do. And so the amazing part of the JAMstack is that each company that creates a JAMstack service sort of focuses on the thing that they're best at so Netlify, you know, is the gold standard for static site hosting, and you have, you know, image services like Imgix and Cloudinary and analytics and, and, you know, e commerce services, and so everybody gets to specialize. But then it also is like, well, now how do I bring it all together? And, and that is then thrust onto the developer. And what we found is that, you know, the developer has plenty of work to do, of actually making your product. So let's, let's give them a shortcut. And they're still using these best in class service is, but we're making them easier to combine. Bryan Robinson 12:03 I really like that concept of Mesh. Is it out of beta. Like, I remember a couple like a month ago, I tried to get in, but there was in beta, so I skipped it. Andrew Sprouse 12:11 Yeah, we we currently have a beta waitlist going on. So I would encourage you to sign up, and we can sort of like move you up to the top of the list. And, yeah, so so we're currently, we're currently building out all the features, and it's super early. So, you know, we're getting great feedback from our initial users so far. And, you know, we're really excited we can't wait to, to, you know, release this to a wider audience. And actually, in October, we're going to be at the JAMstack_conf inSan Francisco, and going to be presenting, you know, like 10 minutes, overview of the Mesh and, and sort of, hopefully, we can open it up wider at that point. Bryan Robinson 13:05 Very cool. Are you gonna go out and be like, Matt Billman and like, deploy on stage? Or maybe, maybe keep it in beta until week after? Andrew Sprouse 13:13 I don't know. I mean, that's a pretty brave guy. He's an and much smarter than I am. So, you know, he can get away with that. Mine might be a little bit more canned. Bryan Robinson 13:27 Alright, so obviously TakeShape is one of your jams in the JAMstack, but what are some others? What are some of your other favorite tools and products and things that you really enjoy using? Andrew Sprouse 13:37 You know, it's sort of like the JAMstack, it's hard to have favorites, because there's so many different functionalities. So I've already mentioned Netlify, you know, they're sort of the leader in this space, and they do, every product that they come out with is, is really, really great. You know, we use their static hosting extensively. And, you know, if you like react, I think Gatsby JS is great. You know, it provides a great way for you to build out a site and then sort of like, add in those single page features that you would want. Bryan Robinson 14:16 And talk about plugin ecosystem, they've got quite the plugin ecosystem already. Andrew Sprouse 14:20 Yeah, it's pretty amazing the amount of work that community has done, you know, and the couldn't have nicer founders, you know, those guys have have been really nice to us. And, you know, I always talk about Gatsby. And one other service that has sort of come onto my radar that I've only started to play around with is one called FaunaDB. And they've created this sort of globally distributed database that is ACID compliant, which is amazing for something that's that distributed. And so I just started, I just signed up the other day, and I've been playing around with it. So I have to plug them to Bryan Robinson 15:05 I think you might have signed up at roughly the same time I signed up. I'm working on my first like, demo in FaunaDB. I just started that like earlier this week. Andrew Sprouse 15:14 yeah, it looks really cool. Bryan Robinson 15:16 And real fast you through the term ACID compliant out there. I personally don't know what that is. So I'm going to assume that least a few listeners won't know what that means. But what is acid compliance? Andrew Sprouse 15:26 So it's sort of a, you know, a standard in database land of how can it's it's about consistency. So if if I write to the database, and then I asked the database back for an answer, am I going to get a consistent answer? Because in some databases, if you had, say, multiple servers, which you do not now that's abstracted from us, but if you have multiple servers and multiple locations, I might send my the update of the title of my blog post to that it would go to like three or four different servers. And then if I asked the cluster for what's the title, I might not if I if I asked for it at the exact same time, I might not get the the the old one versus the new one. And ACID is basically the guarantee that you would get back that consistent answer nice. I across all the machines, Bryan Robinson 16:22 I cannot even begin to fathom the solution there. But yeah, that is an important thing. Definitely. Andrew Sprouse 16:28 Yeah, I mean, that that's the amazing part, you know, of the ecosystem is you can have the guys at FaunaDB, who are worrying about that deeply technical problem, and they can sort of bottle their expertise, and just offer it to everybody. Which is really cool. Bryan Robinson 16:47 And so what's going to keep you in the JAMstack world, other than literally building a product on the JAMstack for the JAMstack, like what, what makes you love it deep down? Obviously, you're pretty passionate about? Andrew Sprouse 17:01 Yeah, I think, well, there's there's multiple ways I can answer this. But I think that the thing that I think of is if I've met a lot of great people working with the these technologies, and you know, it's the first development community that I've been in, that's been really like kind and, you know, friendly to beginners, and everybody's all about, you know, how can I? How can I boost, you know, your productivity or make your business better. And I feel like that sort of that spirit of giving everybody else a shortcut. And you know, you know, earlier in my career, I'd work with engineers who it was like, we gotta roll our own, we got to do everything custom, you know, we can't trust other people to to make good stuff, it has to be inside. And that sort of like limits your ability to be really productive. And so I think that JAMstack is on the right track, regardless of technology that that's the attitude towards building nowadays, Bryan Robinson 18:07 Bringing the best expertise from all over the internet. Bryan Robinson 18:11 Alright, so in terms of like, actual jamming, what's what's your musical jam right now? Andrew Sprouse 18:17 Oh, man. So last month, I went to an Iron Maiden concert. So I've been jamming out to some, you know, to some metal while doing coding, but I enjoy all types of music. There's a really eclectic band called Khruangbin. They're sort of Thai inspired. It's acoustic music, but it's really cool. I can't even not confident that I would be able to spell it on the air right now. Bryan Robinson 18:50 We'll put it in the show notes. though right. Andrew Sprouse 18:53 Yeah, for sure. That's all Also, if you want something a little bit more low key to code to I would say just that. Bryan Robinson 19:01 And I think I can guess what your answer to this is going to be. But is there anything that you would like to promote on on the podcast today? Andrew Sprouse 19:07 Yeah, sure. I mean, first of all, I want to thank you for, for letting me on. And this is a really great opportunity to talk to you and to your audience. But yeah, TakeShape, we're, we're, we're working really hard to get good products out for everybody, and especially the mesh. And, you know, we want everybody's feedback on it once the beta goes out. Andrew Sprouse 19:34 But please, you know, keep in touch sign up for the Mesh go to TakeShape.io and there's a place to sign up. And you can watch you know, the video that's there and, and sort of do that we'd love to hear from people there. You know, what they want out of the JAMstack? And, you know, how can we do better and and and build tools that people want to use? Bryan Robinson 19:59 Very cool. Definitely a noble aspiration: build tools that people actually want to not just have to use? Yeah, we hope so. All right, well, I really appreciate you coming on the show. And and I hope that you keep making some amazing stuff to TakeShape. Andrew Sprouse 20:12 Great. Great. Thank you so much.Transcribed by https://otter.aiIntro/outtro music by bensound.com

Have no fear, when it comes to social media. Share your opinions and what you know. Not everyone will like what you post, but that’s ok. Personal and professional Social media opportunities let you connect with others, build relationships, and post content to attract new business. Today, I am talking to Katie Lance, CEO and co-founder of Katie Lance Consulting. She helps real estate agents and brokers use social media to grow their businesses. Also, Katie is the author of #GetSocialSmart and founder of #GetSocialSmart Academy. She was named one of the most 100 influential people in real estate by Inman News and is a frequent contributor to The Huffington Post.  You’ll Learn... [02:40] Marketing Nerd: Katie didn't go to school for social media because there was no Facebook when she was in college.  [06:40] Social Media Challenge: Audience doesn’t care about property management.  [07:32] Don’t be Vanilla: Be engaging, interesting, unique, and authentic voice for what’s happening in your industry and market.  [10:08] Love vs. Hate: Share your opinions, and attract your tribe through polarity.  [12:20] People don’t buy what you do (property management), but why you do it.  [13:18] Warning: Don’t outsource all your social media, or you’ll lose your voice.  [15:59] Avoid anxiety and conquer fear of social media by creating a system or strategy.  [17:27] Day-in-the-Life of You: Done is better than perfect.  [22:05] Consistency and Batch Creating Content: The more you do it, the more comfortable you get.  [26:21] Repurposing Content: One piece can be posted on multiple platforms.  [27:15] Platform of Choice: Depends on your target audience.  [28:40] Future of Social Media: Instagram TV and video is where it’s at. [31:54] Personal and Professional Social Media Opportunities: Connect with others, build relationships, and post content to attract new business.  Tweetables Be you, instead of your business on social media. Done is better than perfect. Comment, Connect, and Create Content Don’t suffer from analysis paralysis. Resources Katie Lance Consulting Katie Lance on Instagram Katie Lance on Facebook #GetSocialSmart #GetSocialSmart Academy Inman News The Huffington Post Simon Sinek National Association of Residential Property Managers (NARPM) Instagram TV TikTok DoorGrowClub Facebook Group DoorGrowLive DoorGrow on YouTube DoorGrow Website Score Quiz Transcript Jason: Welcome, DoorGrow hackers to the DoorGrow Show. If you are a property management entrepreneur that wants to add doors, make a difference, increase revenue, help others, impact lives, and you are interested in growing your business and life, and you are open to doing things a bit differently, then you are a DoorGrow hacker. DoorGrow hackers love the opportunities, daily variety, unique challenges, and freedom that property management brings. Many in real estate think you’re crazy for doing it, you think they’re crazy for not, because you realize that property management is the ultimate high-trust gateway to real estate deals, relationships, and residual income. At DoorGrow, we are on a mission to transform property management businesses and their owners. We want to transform the industry, eliminate the BS, build awareness, change perception, expand the market, and help the best property management entrepreneurs win. I’m your host, property management growth expert, Jason Hull, the founder and CEO of DoorGrow. Now, let’s get into the show, and today's guest, I'm hanging out with Katie Lance from Katie Lance Consulting. Hi, Katie. Katie: Hi, Jason. Thanks for having me here today. Jason: I am glad to have you. Katie, we’re going to be so social today. Katie: That would be a lot of fun. Jason: [...] social media and we're on social media right now. We're doing it. Katie, help everybody understand your background. Can I read some of your bio? Katie: Sure, go ahead.  Jason: It’s really well written. Katie is the CEO and co-founder of Katie Lance Consulting. Katie is a nationally known keynote speaker at conferences and events. For the past 10 years, Katie has been working with real estate agents and brokers to help them get smarter about how to use social media to grow their business. Her specialty is in helping real estate agents and brokers achieve big results using social media without spending a ton of time. She is also the author of the best-selling book, #GetSocialSmart and the founder of #GetSocialSmart Academy. Katie has been named one of the most 100 influential people in real estate by Inman News and is a frequent contributor to The Huffington Post. She lives in the San Francisco Bay Area with her husband and two beautiful boys. Katie, welcome to the show. Tell us how did you get into social media? How did this come about for you?  Katie: I’ve always loved social media. I've always been a marketing nerd. I’ve always been one of those people to just really love marketing and didn't necessarily go to school for social media, and probably dating myself, but there was no Facebook when I was in college. I fell in love with social media and probably about 10 or 12 years ago. I got my first job in real estate. I was hired as a marketing director for a local real estate company and that was really when social media was starting to come to the forefront. I just remember having this epiphany and thinking this is so perfect for real estate. I had seen so many agents and brokers spending so much money on traditional marketing, which, a lot of it still works. I don't necessarily think social media replaces traditional marketing, if that's working for you, but it can be so expensive. And I thought, what a great opportunity.  That's really where I fell in love with it. I worked at that real estate company for a while, then I went to work for In The News for quite some time, ran their social media, and grew their social presence. Then about 2012 I decided, “You know? I'm going to go out on my own,” and got that entrepreneurial bug and haven't looked back since. It's been quite a journey.  Jason: What caused you to take that leap? It's a risky leap. To preface this, I didn't realize I was an entrepreneur. Even though I was the guy that started a band in college, created big events, going door-to-door pre-selling CDs so I could pay for an album at college girls dorms with a guitar and a clipboard, I didn’t realize I was an entrepreneur. I thought I needed a job, but what pushed me over the edge to jump into entrepreneurism was a divorce and needing to take care and wanting to have time with my kids. Out of necessity, I had to do it. What caused you to take the leap? That's a pretty big leap. People don’t just go, “I've got a job that’s going pretty well. I’m just going to throw it to the wind and go do something on my own.” Katie: I think there’s a couple of things. I’ve always had an entrepreneurial spirit. Any job I've ever had, I've always treated it as if it were my company. It was always very hard for me to just “work a 9–5 and turn the off button off.” I guess I always had that attitude for anywhere I've ever worked and I had a great job [...]. I've worked there for many years and for a lot of people, you get to a point in your career where you have that itchy feeling, like what's that next thing. Jason: Something more. Katie: Yeah, there's something more and quietly started to explore other options. It just became really clear to me that I don't necessarily want to work for anyone else. I want to work for myself and I want to be able to help not just one company but lots of different people, lots of different companies, lots of different organizations. And it was scary. It's a whole another ballgame. I'm happily married, we have mortgage, we have kids, so it's not necessarily the easiest leap. The hardest part was just making that decision. Then you make the decision and it was pretty much smooth sailing from there. I also had a really supportive husband, which makes a big difference, too. Jason: I was going to ask about that. If a spouse is not in support as an entrepreneur, there's a lot of friction, right? Katie: Yes.  Jason: And a lot of times as entrepreneurs, we tend to pair up with people that want safety and certainty. They're our balance and our opposite.   Katie: Yes. Actually, he ended up quitting his corporate job about 2½ years ago, so now we run our company side-by-side and it's been a great journey. Jason: So you converted him? Katie: I think I did, yes. Jason: [...] to a job, right? Katie: Yes.  Jason: Perfect, love it. Let's get into the topic at hand, which is how people can grow social media. I tend to be upfront and honest. A lot of my listeners have heard me say, probably at different times, that the challenge that property managers face with social media is that their target audience does not care about property management.  They don't care at all and when they ask me, “Should I spend a bunch of time and energy doing social media?” my general response is, “How much time are you spending time following and listening to plumbers? Plumbers want your business. They want your attention. Why aren't you subscribing to their newsletters and following them on social media?” and they're like, “Because I don't care about plumbing.” I’m like, “Your audience don't care about property management.” What should they be doing? I'm excited to get into this. Katie: I think social media is relevant for obviously a lot of business owners, a lot of entrepreneurs and whether you're in property management or you're a plumber or whatever business you're in, that is the default response. “Well, who really cares? Is this really interesting to a lot of people?” At the end of the day, one of the ways to get traction on social media is to be that unique voice, that authentic voice of what's happening in your industry, what's happening in the market. People tend to follow you and engage with you, not necessarily for just facts and information that you're spewing out there, but because they connect with who you are and your personality.  It's amazing about the management or real estate, and a lot of it's so done through word-of-mouth. A lot of it is still done through those connections that we make. That's what I think there's a lot of value in social media. It's funny you mentioned plumbers because there's actually a plumber who's killing it on YouTube, because of exactly what you said, because most people don't think like, “Oh, who's going to put out that type of content?” But his content is engaging, it's interesting, it's valuable, but it's also with his voice.  That's the thing that property management. You could talk about renting or whoever and all these different topics when it comes to property management. But you can insert your own opinion, your voice and not be afraid to just be really truly who you are. Some people won’t like it and that’s okay. Those aren’t your people. Jason: I’m going to rephrase what you just said and sum it up. It's more important on social media to be you than to be your business. Katie: Absolutely.  Jason: That's really what's going to attract and get people to resonate and connect with you as if you're willing to put it out there and be you, weirdness and all, and that's something. People follow me on social media, no. I'm putting out random stuff all the time about my life and who I am, and I figure that some people are just not gonna like me.  Katie: Yeah, and that’s okay. Jason: There are definitely people that don’t like me.  Katie: Sometimes, we try to want to be really professional and we don't offend anybody. I'm certainly not saying start offending people on social media. But there's that risk of becoming just really vanilla and really boring. If you think about as an end user, somebody uses Facebook or Instagram, what do you click like on? What do you comment on? What do you share? Typically, it's things that are funny, or poignant, or interesting, or they move you in some emotion, you get angry. There's nothing wrong with having an opinion. That's where I think in real estate and property management, really for any entrepreneur, that's where the magic is because most people are not putting up that type of content. If they are, they're not doing it on a consistent basis. That's a big thing that can make a huge difference. Jason: People should have an opinion and share their opinion on Facebook and let their freak flag fly, right?  Katie: Yes, and be comfortable with the fact when you do that, there’s going to be people that watch you and say, I don’t like that guy or girl. You have to be okay with that because with the opposite, which will happen, is that you will start to attract the people who go, “I really like that guy. He's doing a podcast? What other podcasts? I got to catch up on all of his podcast episodes.” That's what happens with video. When you start putting out especially episodic video or episodic podcast content, people start defining you. They’re like, “What else does she put out there?” and you search who attract your tribe. That's what can turn to business down the road. It just takes time just like anything else.  Jason: I’ve always thought this is very in align with what I think and feel, is that if you are not creating polarity, if there's no polarity, then you can’t be attractive. A magnet without polarity is not a magnet anymore. It's not attract anything. Nothing will be pulled towards it. Electricity without polarity doesn't exist anymore if you remove the polarity. There has to be polarity and that means you have to be willing to polarize someone there. I've probably been a little too polarizing in some instances; let's be honest. But I've noticed that when you are willing to just be you and polarize and put it out there, yes, you're going to have people that don't like you. You’re going to get flack for that, people are not going to attract you, but you now are attracting the right people. You’re attracting people that like you the way that you are. They like the way you communicate, they like the way that you coach, they like the way that you run your business, they like your philosophy.  Just like Simon Sinek said, “People don't buy what you do.” They don't buy what you do. They don’t buy property management, they don’t property management coaching/consulting from me, they don't buy what you do, they don't buy social media, whatever from you. They really buy why we do it. That's really what they're buying into is they believe in Katie, they believe in Jason, they believe in the property manager, they believe in you and they share values. What you do is really an afterthought compared to that. So, they need to create polarity. This is a great question everybody listening can ask is am I creating polarity? Have I offended anybody in the last month? And have I attracted anybody in the last month? Did anybody say, “Hell yes, I agree to that,” or, “That totally rubs me the wrong way,” but that's you, so thanks for sharing.  Katie: Absolutely. Jason: We don't want to be vanillas. What’s maybe the next thing that we should take away? Katie: Like I said, don't be vanilla. I've often said, “Lean into who you are and who you're not.” It goes hand in hand with that idea of not being vanilla. I also think a big part of your social media strategy is not outsourcing it completely. There's this feeling even still in 2019 of, “Oh, my gosh. I don’t have time to do this. It's one more thing. Who can I hire to do it?” It's a little bit of a slippery slope because I do think that there's value in hiring certain people. For example, we have a video editor on our team because my value is being on camera but I don't need to learn video editing, I really don't need it. For one or two, that's fine, but I don't have desire. Jason: That’s not your dream and goal in life is to edit videos and stare at videos on the screen for hours a day. Katie: Exactly, it’s not my dream. I’d rather put my eye out, honestly. Jason: Me neither. Katie: Similar with podcast. My value is in the content and the education I can bring, not necessarily in can I edit something. I think there's value in bringing at some point, maybe not in the beginning, people on who could help you with either editing, for example video or podcast editing, or copywriting if you enjoy writing, or something as a blogger or graphic designer, but to totally hand out who are personally is really risky and there's lots of businesses out there that are selling this idea. “You're too busy. Let us do it for you.” I would just caution anyone to be just be careful when you do that because you're handing off who you are. It's like having a dinner party with your 10 most important clients, and instead of you being there, you have your assistant run the whole thing. I just think it's a basic tip, but it's also something that is important to address because time is all we have. It's our most precious asset. I don't think you need to spend all day on social media. I'm in the business of social media and I'm certainly not on social media all day long, but it comes down to having a smart system, and making sure you're inserting yourself and your personality into what you do. I think that's really valuable.  Jason: This makes a lot of sense. I think there's so many parallels to this. There's so many situations in which we would not outsource. I wouldn't outsource to somebody to be the dad of my kids. I'm really single again after two decades, so I wouldn't outsource somebody else to use swiping on dating apps for me. They just don’t know what I’m into.  There's a lot of things we just should not outsource. And yet, being the face of our business, we will a lot of times as business owners, want to just outsource that, like some company can just come in and post a bunch of memes and garbage, and we're suddenly going to get business from it and then we wonder why it's not working. What about those business owners that are not charismatic, they don't have personality, they're better behind the scenes, they just feel really awkward putting anything out there. How do you deal with that? Some of the listeners avoid social media. Social is like an anxiety-inducing word to them.  Katie: For a lot of people who are anxious or feel a little overwhelmed with social media, I would imagine part of it is because you don't have a system for, and it feels like this thing that's out there, that you have to do, that you don't really know how to do it right, and everybody saying that you have to do it, but you don't really have a plan. It just becomes sort of the snowball. The thing is, anytime you're trying something new, especially with technology, it can feel ridiculously annoying. You feel like, “Oh, my God. What am I? How do I not know how to do this?” and it's just like anything else. We work with a lot of agents and brokers. I always say, “Imagine when you first got your real estate license. You took the test, you went through the courses, but you didn't really know what you're doing until you had your first client. And then you really learn. And then you learn again and again and again.” Part of it is just getting over and putting yourself out there. Sometimes we're so concerned with who am I, who cares what people think, I don't know, I don't like how I look or how I sound, I don't know how to do it, so I’m not going to do it. I always like to say, “Done is better than perfect.” Jason: Oh, my gosh. I [...] that, too. I love that. Katie: I’d love to say I made that up. I did not make that up. I’ve heard it somewhere and probably from you. Jason: Maybe not. I think I got it from my business coach. I’m sure he got it from somewhere, too. Katie: You just start today. So if you’re listening to this, start today. Go on Facebook and connect with three or four people at Facebook today. Don’t just like a bunch of stuff, but go on engage with a few people. Wish somebody a happy birthday. Start today. Then you can move on from there. Part of it is just getting a system together, getting a process together. One quick thing I'll mention real fast for anyone who's feeling a little bit overwhelmed, I would encourage you to think about all the things that you do on a day-to-day basis, all the questions you get asked, all the topics of conversation that come up. Get a notebook, get a pen, and just start brainstorming things that happen a day in the life of you. I would imagine you're going to come up with 10, 20, 30 different topics of things that you could potentially talk about, whether that's through video or on Facebook or whatever it might be. Just go to start. “Just do it,” like Nike says. Jason: I love the concept of done is better than perfect. I put that because a lot of times we're trying to get clients to launch their websites, we're trying to get them to take action and moving themselves forward on different things, and they just stay analyze really hard about something and they want it to be so perfect. I just iterate over and over again, done is better than perfect because once it's done, it can do its job in making money. You can go back and change it later, you can improve it later, but get something done because until you have something there, until you have the website up, or until you have this launch, or until you've done something, it's nothing to do anything for you. The other mantra that I'll share with everybody listening, if you're in that state of overwhelm, you’re feeling scared, whatever, just remember that that's how you start everything. One of my favorite mantras is, we all start at level suck. That's where you start in everything. You start at level suck. That is the level you started everything. My first YouTube video was two minutes long and had 30 uhms and and so's in it, and I had to edit them out. The video looked choppy and it was awful. It was so awful. I tried to get perfect lighting, I have my little mic clip thing, an uncomfortable shirt with a collar, and I was trying to be what I thought I needed to be in order to do a video and look good. I'd probably spent hours making a two-minute video. Here's the ironic thing for everybody listening. You think it has to be so perfect? I've made way more money by doing really crappy, shaky, jittery, selfie style videos, walking around outside, than any of those videos were I was uncomfortable behind a desk or in a shirt or whatever in front of a whiteboard.  Don't think it has to be perfect. People will crave reality nowadays because there's so much BS. They’re really craving reality. The other thing I point out to clients, is that they are talking to people all day, every day and it's really the same thing. You just look at a device and pretend you're talking to a person, you just say exactly what you would say and talk the same way. You don't have to think, “What am I going to do with my hands?” What do you do with your hands normally when you talk to people? “How’s my face supposed to like?” How does your face normally look? Just talk. You have the thing like you're talking to a person. So, just start noticing when you're talking to people and pretend they're a camera or a phone and just realize they're not that scary or awkward.  Katie: Absolutely. To your point, it doesn't have to be perfect. What a lot of people don't realize that maybe they forget is the lifetime of a post is pretty short. Let’s say you create a video, you put it on Facebook, that video will disappear in a couple hours. You put it on Twitter, tweet disappears in a matter of seconds. YouTube has a longer shelf life and certain content certainly has a longer shelf life. But generally speaking, we live in a world with so much noise, I often feel like I'm standing on the side of the freeway just watching cars fly by. If it's not your best performance, it doesn't have to be Oscar-worthy. As you said, just get it out there and especially with video, it's like a muscle. I will say the more you do it, the more comfortable you get. I don't know if I'm ever totally comfortable hearing myself and seeing myself, but what I am comfortable with are the results. That's what you have to think about. When you put yourself out there over the course of time consistently, that's when the magic happens. It's literally like a snowball and the consistency part is a huge part of it. Do you mind if I share a quick tip? Jason: Go ahead. Give us all the tips you want to. We want some free Katie Lance Consulting right now. Katie: Perfect. One of the things I always share with our GetSocialSmart Academy members is this idea of batch-creating your content. I love batch creating because for me, if I'm going to sit down, do my hair and makeup, and record one video, I might as well sit down and record four or five. We've been doing that the last couple years and that's made a huge difference. We'll set aside a couple hours once a month where I do the hair, get the camera set up, whatever. To be honest with you, the first 99 episodes were shot on my phone. So, it doesn't have to be anything fancy. This idea of getting into a system and batch-creating your content, that way you're done, you're locked and loaded. When we do that, then we're able to drip out those episodes once a week for the next month, but it gets you into that rhythm. When you're publishing at the same day and time every single week, people who start to follow you, as we talked about earlier, they start to notice that. It's just like your favorite TV show, you may not watch your favorite TV show Thursday night at 9:00 PM or Monday at 8:00 PM, but you know it's on and you set your DVR. It's the same thing with content. Once you start to put it out there regularly, if you can start doing it consistently, it can make a big difference.  Jason: Absolutely. That's one of the reasons I really like my assistant; made this show finally somewhat consistent. We're getting about two episodes done a week now. Consistency is huge because as soon as you disappear for a week or two, people are wondering if you're gone. You lose the engagement, you lose the momentum, so done is better than perfect, but consistency is better than anything, really, probably.  Katie: People wonder what's the best day. There's no best day. What day is good for you? Just pick a day. I remember when I first started sending out and email newsletters, it’s like, “Well, let's do it on a Saturday. I don't know. That sounds like a good day.” Seven years later, we're still sending our email newsletters out on Saturday, and people are like, “Oh, I love it. Get it every Saturday morning.” It's just consistency. So, pick a day. Jason: Love it. I love the idea of batching tasks, and you can apply that to so many different things. I just did a post on this on social media about this and I showed my pill case. I hate going and digging through all my supplement bottles every single meal, trying to figure out what I'm supposed to be taking. So, I got this pill case. It’s literally the size of a notebook. It's got every day of the week, four times a day, and I fill it once a week. If I travel I can take it with me. It's done, I can just take these supplements. That's how I'm able to be so sharp and so crazy all day long. No, I’m just kidding. Batching tasks reduces the decision-making that has to go into and the thought that has to go into it every day. You don't have to sit there, stress out, and “What should I talk about today? Oh, my gosh. I need to do a post. I haven't done it for a couple days,” and thinking about it. I love the idea of batch the tasks and we've got a pile of them waiting. Even with this podcast, we've got several episodes in the can. We're releasing them to iTunes and dripping them out because we want to have a little bit of padding. There's an advantage to having some things in the can, especially if you want to keep the consistency. What if you want to travel? I'm going to Austin this week to meet with my business coach. Next week, I'm going to Phoenix to talk to the NARPM Chapter in Phoenix. We’ll still be able to release some episodes while I'm gone.  Katie: That's awesome. What you're doing which is so smart is you're repurposing your content. We're streaming this live, it's getting shared on social media, but you're going to put it on YouTube, at some point, you're going to put it on iTunes. That's really where the magic can happen because instead of feeling like you have to post something every single day, why not invest in one great piece of content like this podcast you're creating.  That's what we try to do, too. It's one piece of great content, and then it can get sliced and diced a dozen different ways. You can turn it into an Instagram story or an Instagram post today and a post some two or three weeks, especially when you create content that's somewhat timeless. It's not just relevant on what's happening in the market, but it's going back to sharing things that are informative, that are really helping your audience, that have a voice, have an opinion, and that repurposing, there's a lot of magic in that. Jason: Let's talk about platform then. How do people pick? Because they're like, “Should I be on Instagram? Should I be doing LinkedIn? Should I be doing Facebook? Should I be on Twitter?” What's your recommendation when people are like, “What platform should I be on?” Katie: It depends on a couple things. Number one, where your audience is. Right now, typically, Facebook is still the number one platform for a lot of people in property management or real estate or even as an entrepreneur. But I also think that's changing as well. Instagram is growing by leaps and bounds. A lot of people have started to leave Facebook and go over to Instagram, even though Instagram is owned by Facebook, because Instagram is such an aspirational platform, lots of pretty pictures, there's not as many political posts and noise on Instagram right now. I think those are two big ones to watch.  I do think for LinkedIn, though, it's important to at least have your profile updated. Make sure that's up to date. LinkedIn is not as fun as Facebook or Instagram, but if you get googled or your company gets googled, typically, one of the first things that pops up is LinkedIn. Just making sure that's up to date, that's professional social network. Outside of LinkedIn, I do think Facebook and Instagram are two big platforms to connect with people, stay in touch with people, and then also to post relevant content and to repurpose some of the content you're creating. Jason: What do you think is coming new in social media? I'm sure you're always paying attention. What do you think coming up that's hot, that probably the teenagers are using that we’ll eventually be using? Katie: Good question. Snapchat was getting a lot of buzz a year or two ago, that a lot of folks in real estate were jumping on that. I think a lot of people realize it's still for the kids. Jason: I think the Instagram stories and Facebook stories killed it.  Katie: I agree. I think a big opportunity right now is definitely Instagram. Instagram is spending a lot of money and resources for people to stay on their platform. Especially Instagram TV right now is a big opportunity. That launched about a year or two ago. It’s doing so-so and then Instagram made some really big changes pretty recently to Instagram TV. When you're uploading a video to Instagram TV—if you don't know, you can upload a video up to 10 minutes—when you upload it to Instagram TV, you now share a one minute preview over to your newsfeed on Instagram, which shows up on your page, it shows up in your newsfeed, which is more likely that it shows up in the explore button. We found that for whatever reason, Instagram wants you to spend more time on Instagram TV. Our posts on Instagram TV are getting a much higher reach, likes, and engagement than just about any of our other posts. As of right now, as of the recording this podcast, that's definitely one to watch. It just reinforces a lot of what we're talking about with video. Jason: I will have to start doing those. When they started doing it, I was like, “This isn’t getting any attention,” but I have noticed, I have watched a few videos on Instagram, and I've hit that button that says, “Keep watching.” Katie: Yeah, it definitely keeps you engaged. We used to just beginning a couple of hundred views on our videos and now we’re consistently getting thousands of views on our videos. It's nothing really different that we've done other than just be consistent with putting up that content, sharing it over to our news feed. I think, ultimately, video is worth that. If you’re not creating original video content in your business, you’re missing a really big opportunity. Facebook even recently just came out over the last couple weeks and said, “Video has one of the highest rates in the Facebook newsfeed, original video content versus content that’s shared from somebody else.” If there was ever a time to get over, “How do I look?” or, “How do I sound?” or, “I have nothing to say,” now's the time to do it. Jason: Just do it. Nike. Katie: Just do it, yes. Jason: I'll just throw this out there because somebody is going to mention it later. If they have teenagers, I think TikTok right now is the thing. Katie: It is, yes. Jason: My teenager’s really into this TikTok thing. I don't know if that will somehow eventually translate to business, but let’s see where it gets. Katie: It might. It's fun to watch. It’s entertaining. Jason: It’s like the new Vine. It’s ridiculous. Katie: Exactly. Jason: Any other tips or takeaways we can squeeze out of Katie Lance before we let you go? Katie: If you are in real estate in any capacity or an entrepreneur, I really can't emphasize enough. There's two big opportunities with social. The personal side of it, being intentional, taking just 5 or 10 minutes a day to connect with people, wish people happy birthday, don’t just be a drive-by liker, actually be a person, connect. That relationship-building piece is so important. Then, that other piece is putting out new content, which is going to attract new business. I just would encourage anybody who's listening to really think about it. I love using techniques like time blocking where you're setting aside time, a couple of times a week, maybe it's just 15 minute blocks of time, or a couple times a month, to really get a system together. If you think about the areas of your business you’re most successful in, most likely there's some sort of system or process. Whether or not you're working with us or anybody else, that's my biggest tip. Get the system, get a process together, and don't wait. Don't suffer from analysis paralysis. Just do it. Jason: All right. Awesome. I love it. So, commenting and connecting, and then content and creation are things we need to build our social network, and we need to create social media. Two different things. Katie, if people are wanting to get a plan, get organized, figure this stuff out, be interesting, and learn social media, how can they get in touch with you? Katie: The best way is through our website, people can go to katielance.com. We have a free content grid that anyone can sign up for. It's a great planning guide. So, if you're listening to this going, “Okay, I’m stuck when it comes to putting a system together,” you can download that content grid for free right on our website. We have hundreds of free resources on our website, as well. Of course, I'm Katie Lance kon just about every social media platform. You can find me on Instagram or Facebook also. Jason: Awesome. Cool. And then anybody listening can also connect with me. I’m King Jason Hull on all social media. There we go, we were just very social, sharing ideas about social media. Katie, I really appreciate you coming on the show. Thanks for being here. Katie: Thank you so much for having me. Jason: Really cool. Check her out at katielance.com. If you are a property management entrepreneur that wants to add doors and make a difference, as I said in the intro, be sure to reach out, connect with DoorGrow, we would love to help you figure out how to grow your business. If you feel stuck or frustrated, you feel like you're trying to do a bunch of marketing, pay per click, SEO, content marketing, social media marketing, and it's not working for some reason. You may have some blind spots. We can help you organize, sort out those blind spots, and get some clarity on the business, to help you focus on the growth side of your business. We would love to help you do that. If you want to see a big blind spot, you can start with a very public one, your website. Take our website quiz by going to doorgrow.com/quiz and grade your website. This will give you a letter grade for your website. Most websites fail going through this and this quiz will grade your website as to how effective it is at making your money, at creating conversions, at attracting leads. Go ahead and fill that out and then we'll be in touch with you.  Thanks everybody for tuning in to the DoorGrow Show. Until next time to our mutual growth. Bye, everyone.  

What do you do when you have a dream so big it overwhelms you?That’s the position you may find yourself in. You have an idea or a passion that’s hard to shake. The only problem is, you don’t know how to take the first step to make it a reality.As I mentioned in Episode #59 How Do I Share My Dreams With Others Well?, I think that we need to be more conscious about how we use the word dream.Dreams are beautiful and inspiring and generally wonderful. But they also carry a connotation that they are unrealistic. If you want to see your dreams come to fruition, the first step is to start believing they can happen and that you can figure out how to make them happen.You need to take yourself and your dream seriously.And that takes an incredible amount of courage, I know. I’ve been there. I was a young, 23-year-old working a very non-fancy job in a city where I only knew a handful of people when I admitted to myself that I wanted to be an author and speaker.The audacity! Who was I? How would I ever accomplish that?I didn’t have the answers. But once I owned up to my dream, I knew I couldn’t ignore it. I told my husband and I started researching.For me, there have been two questions I have had to repeatedly ask myself when I encounter resistance related to acting on my dreams.I believe these questions have been pivotal for shaping my foresight over the past few years.The first question is, “Who will I be in the future if I do act on this idea/dream/goal?”And the second question is, “Who will I be in the future if I don’t act on this idea/dream/goal?”Those questions have made it pretty clear to me that most often, the resistance I feel is rooted in fear. 5, 10, 25 and 50 years from now, I don’t want to look back on my life and feel regret about things I didn’t do because of fear or insecurity.I want to create my future, live courageously, and use my gifts and skills to the best of my ability.I’m sure that’s what you want for yourself, too.There are several other things that you can do to gain clarity and momentum on your dreams, and I cover those in the podcast episode!Full show notes here: https://jenniferspoelma.com/podcast-feed/dreams-overwhelm-you

44-I How is Technology Altering Your Very Being - Erwin Webel

These three things have given me more time and freedom. Time blocking, rocks, and A-listers. Oh my. I have learned these from a plethora of different people in my life, and they have also kept my personality type sane and given me so much energy.People underestimate how much time they have available. They think they have so many more hours in the day and the week than they do. And what happens is we tend to over-schedule ourselves and live in a world of chaos, frustration, and irritation because we always feel “behind,” and our energy is scattered. It’s exhausting just thinking about it!So, this episode is all about how you can take your time back and get the most out of it by doing these three things:- Time Blocking: You only have 24 hours each day, you need to budget your time and prioritize.- Identify your Rocks: What are the most important things in your world? Make room for these first.- A-Listing: Friends, activities, and more. You must learn to set boundaries and say “no!” to those not on your A-List.I have learned that setting these boundaries, time blocking, figuring out what my rocks are, deciding who my A-list friends are and what my A-list activities are, creates space for the happiness and life I desire. What do I enjoy spending my time doing and can I say no to certain things?I promise you, the freedom that is going to come from doing this is going to change your life. I encourage you to just to practice, practice, practice over the summer. You could literally check in with yourself three months from today and ask yourself, “How much happier am I?”“How many things that no longer served me have I said goodbye to and what freedom, new activities, new relationships, new money, new things have come into my life?”All because you’ve learned how to time block, you’ve figured out what your rocks are, figured out your A-List and then said, “no.”All right, Front Seat Lifers, thank you for listening. As always, I hope this inspires you and I appreciate your time!For more about Jessica and her upcoming events, visit https://jessicabutts.comFollow her on Instagram @frontseatlife for daily motivation.Not sure what your Myers Briggs personality type is? Take a free personality assessment at https://jessicabutts.com/front-seat-life-personality-assessment/Looking for a tribe of growth-oriented people and want to stay closely connected to Jessica’s coaching? Join the Front Seat Life Community for a small monthly subscription at https://jessicabutts.com/front-seat-life-membership-group/Front Seat Life Podcasthttps://businessinnovatorsradio.com/front-seat-life-podcast/

These three things have given me more time and freedom. Time blocking, rocks, and A-listers. Oh my. I have learned these from a plethora of different people in my life, and they have also kept my personality type sane and given me so much energy.People underestimate how much time they have available. They think they have so many more hours in the day and the week than they do. And what happens is we tend to over-schedule ourselves and live in a world of chaos, frustration, and irritation because we always feel “behind,” and our energy is scattered. It’s exhausting just thinking about it!So, this episode is all about how you can take your time back and get the most out of it by doing these three things:- Time Blocking: You only have 24 hours each day, you need to budget your time and prioritize.- Identify your Rocks: What are the most important things in your world? Make room for these first.- A-Listing: Friends, activities, and more. You must learn to set boundaries and say “no!” to those not on your A-List.I have learned that setting these boundaries, time blocking, figuring out what my rocks are, deciding who my A-list friends are and what my A-list activities are, creates space for the happiness and life I desire. What do I enjoy spending my time doing and can I say no to certain things?I promise you, the freedom that is going to come from doing this is going to change your life. I encourage you to just to practice, practice, practice over the summer. You could literally check in with yourself three months from today and ask yourself, “How much happier am I?”“How many things that no longer served me have I said goodbye to and what freedom, new activities, new relationships, new money, new things have come into my life?”All because you’ve learned how to time block, you’ve figured out what your rocks are, figured out your A-List and then said, “no.”All right, Front Seat Lifers, thank you for listening. As always, I hope this inspires you and I appreciate your time!For more about Jessica and her upcoming events, visit https://jessicabutts.comFollow her on Instagram @frontseatlife for daily motivation.Not sure what your Myers Briggs personality type is? Take a free personality assessment at https://jessicabutts.com/front-seat-life-personality-assessment/Looking for a tribe of growth-oriented people and want to stay closely connected to Jessica’s coaching? Join the Front Seat Life Community for a small monthly subscription at https://jessicabutts.com/front-seat-life-membership-group/Front Seat Life Podcasthttps://businessinnovatorsradio.com/front-seat-life-podcast/

Importance of asking for help Importance of prioritizing time for passion projects How to start the day with accomplishment How Mike visualized his characters and wrote his book This is a fictional story that will lead readers to the truth that is within them Where the story of the book came from Four essential questions: who am I? How do I show up? What do I do? Who with? We all want to feel effective and powerful What if you asked the question, am I capable of doing hard things? Worthy? Understanding how the things we have done got us to where we are The earthquakes of life and the gold that comes from them The importance of proving to yourself that you are effective and that you can do hard things The importance of doing something hard or scary to find ourselves and grow We are all here to facilitate something that will positively impact someone’s life Ask yourself “what parts of my story do I struggle to own?” Examples of people who have started owning their story and made changes Mike’s own story and pivotal moment Vulnerability is a great sign of strength The importance of forgiveness for the people who have hurt or wounded us We have the power to react to things and resent people The 21-day vulnerability challenge Let’s do FB Live, post on IG Stories In order for something to be true, it has to be true for all people, all times everywhere Quote: Remember the truth you’ve been seeking has been dwelling within you all along

In this episode I How to pay off your student loan 70% faster than the traditional way the banks want you to do. Before I break down my program I give you an update on what’s going on with my health and the amazing alternative treatment that I have gone through and the amazing results I have seen in my recovery and treatment for Malaria and Lyme's Disease with Dr. Victoria Sucher. If you or anyone has any autoimmune disease, reach out to her at:   Dr. Victoria Sucher 801-852-9899 With my Fortress Calculator, you can use to pay off mortgages, car loans, and student loans much faster and with significantly less interest.But the program is only for those who have money left over each month. If you are currently living paycheck to paycheck, you should first check out my Financial Fitness Coaching at:   RondiLambeth.com/coaching   But if you are financially stable, this program can save you thousands in interest and shave years off the time it takes you to pay off your bills. Grab your pens and paper. I am about to break it all down for you. Text “CALCULATOR” to 702-500-0555 to receive my free Fortress Calculator for this system.     ______________________________________________________ RondiLambeth.com Rondi's Coaching Course   #AskRondi your question   Please rate & review us if you use iTunes or Stitcher, so we can build the show and get on top-tier guests for YOU to enjoy! Pass on the gift of financial freedom: tell a friend about the School of Wealth. And don't forget: Subscribe! It's "School of Wealth" on your podcast app, or wherever you listen. Follow @RondiLambeth on Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter.   Sign up to manage all your money in one place on CreditMojo.com!   Subscribe on iTunes Follow on Spotify Subscribe on Stitcher Listen on SoundCloud Subscribe and Comment on Castbox   Production Credits: Produced By: VINO Lead Producer: Chassney Pharr Music Credits: School of Wealth Theme Music: “Show Some Respect” (AudioJungle - Uplifting Licensed)

Today I want to give you a peek behind the curtain to share with you the reasons why OfferMind …     ..was FREE  the first year       ...will NEVER be free again       … was a very STRATEGIC move on my part   WHAT WAS GOING ON?   People have asked why I gave OfferMind as a FREE bonus to the 30-Day book…   Others have gotten mad that it's NOT free any more…   And one person, (and I totally get this), commented that they hadn’t come to Offermind BECAUSE it was free…   He’d judged the content based on the fact that the event was free.   First of all, OfferMind was NOT a cheap event. Even though it was free, it cost me $80,000 to put on.   We didn't make much money from the whole thing once it was said and done, and I’m totally fine with that…   In fact, making money wasn't the primary purpose of OfferMInd at all ;-)   For you to understand WHY I need to walk you through what was going on in my business life at the time:   I left ClickFunnels in January 2018 I started out selling in the network marketing industry, (which I'm still very much a part of) #secretmlmhacks Around September 2018, I started to wonder about my life’s purpose   “Oh, my gosh... what is it that I really, really, really wanna do?”   I’d identified a place where the market wanted some value. I knew how to deliver that value and I was selling in that space… and it was going extremely well.   I love Network Marketers, but I’d started to wonder what it was that I actually wanted to be known for?   So I started having some deep heart to hearts around finding my purpose and I started future casting 5, 10, 15 years - which isn’t something I usually do.   WHAT DOES THE FUTURE HOLD?   I always hate it when gurus ask you to set goals by asking, “What's your life gonna be like 10 years from now?”   By the beard of Zeus…   I don't know what my life’s gonna be like six months from now most the time! I think it's stupid to plan that way.   I think it was Tim Ferriss who said that after six months planning is just guessing... I totally agree with that.   There's some fluidness that I can't have if I  try to plan everything out all the time...   However, as  I learned from Alex Charfen, you need to be able to predict the future in your business so that I know what action to take… and what I need to do to make things come to fruition.   ...I've been practicing this a lot in last six months, and it's been working.   I say, “Hey, here's where we're going,” and then we go there... BOOM, it shows up - which is awesome.   Now…   Back to the PURPOSE question…   I started asking:   What is it that I actually wanna do?     How is it that I wanna move forward professionally?       What do I really wanna be known for?       What’s my natural skill set?       What are am I already known for?       What am I good at?     It's always best when you can build a business around your natural skill set. I'm not saying you have to... but it helps a lot.   I also started consulting with people that I look up to who are my peers and my coaches.   I hire a lot of coaches, guys. That’s one of the fastest accelerants to the game. I get coached.   I know I bring up Russell Brunson a lot... and it’s because I spent two years sitting next to the guy.   It's NOT like I did anything else. I didn't have any hobbies. It was such a fast work pace over there - I didn't do anything else with my life. So, I have two years of memories that I keep going back to.   THEN STEPHEN ASKED RUSSELL THE PURPOSE QUESTION…   A bunch of us were hanging out at an Inner Circle at James Friel’s house.   Russell and Myron Golden were standing side by side, I was on the other side of a couch, and we were talking...   Russell looks over and asks, “How are things going then?” I said, “Good, but I'm trying to figure out what my purpose is?”   (Have you ever asked that question? It's an important question to ask…)   ...the moment those words left my mouth, Russell starts laughing hysterically.   I was like, “It's a serious question, dude. I feel like that's something that you shouldn't be laughing at!”   ...but Russell just kept laughing.   Myron looked around and asked, “Wait, what’d he say?”   Russell said, “He just asked the purpose question,” and Myron starts laughing too.   I was like, “Why are you guys laughing at me? I’m assuming you're laughing because you're telling me it's NOT that big of a deal, but I'm acting like it is?”   Myron said, “Stephen, I only found out what I wanted to do three months ago.”   Russell said, “Yeah, dude, you came in right after I figured out what I wanted to do, #ClickFunnels, but I'd already been in the game for 12 years.”   https://media.giphy.com/media/69qpuTOBTsHTJRcNkW/giphy.gif   I was like, “...that makes sense, and I understand and accept that... but I'm trying to figure out if my purpose something I hunt... or  if it’s something that’s discovered by me along the path?   (Right, that's a good question... you know what I mean!)   ...because otherwise, I'm gonna start brainstorming my purpose and what it is that I'm gonna go do?!’”   My mind will go deep and I’ll obsess if I don't stop myself.   https://media.giphy.com/media/9RWeDFAf07oxT1hgLB/giphy.gif   (There's a lot of power in that obsession... but it needs to be focused on the right thing ;-))   After a while, Russell looks up and goes, “Dude, don't worry about it….   Solve problems for people and create value.   I was like, “Ahhhhh,” and I suddenly stopped freaking out so much.   THE GAME IS MALLEABLE   I loved the FHAT events, and when ClickFunnels decided to stop them; there was a part of me that died a little.   I was like, “Crap, I really loved that event.”   It was one of those scenarios where I knew I was getting the fastest results for people in a compressed three day period.   And so I was like, “I gotta find another way.”   How can I…     Incorporate the things that I'm good at…?       Mix them with the business ideas and the models that I like most…?       Do live events…?     Live events are my jam. I come alive at events and I love that.   I'm bringing this up is so you can start asking these kinds of questions to yourself …   Maybe you don’t know what you wanna do yet...  but I want you to realize that a lot of this is very malleable.   So… think about how you can combine:   Your skill set   A problem   A business model that's proven   How can you take what you do and deliver it to the marketplace?   When somebody knows what they want to do, I'm very good at helping them make that profitable... but when somebody says, “I don't know what I wanna do?”   I'm like, “I don't know how to help you.”   A lot of times people hire me for a consultation and they’re like:   “Stephen, I've hired you so that I can figure out what I wanna do.”   I'm like, “Crap, I should probably refund you because that’s not my role. How on earth am I supposed to put words in your mouth and thoughts in your brain as to what you're gonna dedicate yourself to?”   That's not my role and I never will do that!   When someone knows what they want to sell - I'm very good at making that profitable on multiple platforms.   Honestly, it's the same four or five things that I've noticed work regardless of the industry you're in... and then it's bam, bam, success, success, success, success!   … and then I couple that with a lot of what goes on in the human psyche.   That's what I'm good at. That's what I’m known for.   … and that led me on this journey.   ASKING THE RIGHT QUESTIONS   … so back to discovering my purpose!   I was like, “What is it that I really wanna go do?”   I spoke with a lot of guys that I’m friends with:   My buddy Dana Derricks   Russell   Myron   Dave Lindenbaum   Alison Prince   That's one of the benefits of an Inner Circle.   I gotta be honest, a lot of times I don't participate that much in the coaching. I should... but just the network alone is worth it.   That's why everyone should join a mastermind at some point.   The acceleration is so much greater than anything I’ve EVER experienced - it’s ridiculous.   Quite unanimously, the people I asked saw something in me that I could not see in myself … (which is another benefit of having an Inner Circle that knows you intimately).   I was like, “What is this thing? What is it?”   Julie Stoian started laughing, and she said, “Come on, Stephen, you know what you should be doing.”   I was like, “No, I don't. All of you see this thing that I'm NOT seeing in myself yet. I'm this close and I can't see it.”   (You may be in the same situation too, and I get that. That’s why I’m sharing my journey)   This is me making sure you understand some of the things that I've gone through along the way.   ... most successful entrepreneurs do!   It’s a common theme in Inner Circle meetings - someone will stand up and say, “I'm standing here today because we're making a lot of money, but I don't know if it's what I wanna be doing anymore?”   … that's NOT an abnormal thing to say.   Don't freak out if you have that question - everyone has that question eventually.   So anyways, Dana, Russell, Julie and Dave and a lot of people, pretty much all said the same thing...(and I don't think they spoke to each other).   They're all said, “Dude, you obsess over offers.”   BECOMING THE OFFER GUY   Russell was said:   “Dude, you go so much deeper into offers than anyone I’ve ever met my entire life. You should be the offer guy. Dana Derricks is the Dream 100 guy, you should be the ‘Offer Guy’!”   Suddenly, all these maps and frameworks that I'd been developing came together and I saw the thing that I wanted to do…   I loved doing the FHAT event for Russell, but it was his content, all I did was organize it.   I realized that EVERYTHING I taught had to do with how to create a better offer.   Even if it seemingly looked like it had nothing to do with offers, it actually did, and now...   I wanted my own platform, and that’s how the idea for OfferMInd was born   There were two things that needed to happen in order for me to kill it as the Offer Guy:   I needed people to think, “Stephen is the offer guy!” I needed to capture that market share in people's brains.   So how could I do that?   *This* is why, from a strategic standpoint, OfferMind was free that first time.   There are a lot of levels to this, so I'll just start from here... THE DEATH OF SALES FUNNEL RADIO?   I want to be the offer guy.   iTunes doesn't like it when you go past 300 episodes - so I ll probably rebrand Sales Funnel Radio.   I will probably, (at some point), retire Sales Funnel Radio.   I'm not saying I'm going to... but it's a thought that I'm playing with.   I'm NOT trying to be the Sales Funnel Guy - that'd be stupid. In fact, that would be suicide. Let me ask you a question...   Q: Who is the sales funnel guy?   A: Russell.   It made sense for me to have a show called Sales Funnel Radio when I was a sales funnel builder…   The first 100 episodes are me documenting everything I learned sitting next to Russell.   I'm not that good at speaking in those episodes, and that's okay ... that wasn't the purpose of it.   But from episode 101 onwards, I was documenting the journey to my first million!   Now I’ve done that I'm documenting my journey to the next 4 million.   I think we're on track to hit 4 million this year - I believe we will do it.   There's a shift coming - I can feel it.   BUILDING MY VALUE LADDER   There’s a lot of things at the top of my value ladder that you don't know about yet, but timing matters…   … and it's not time for me to reveal what those are.   You have to understand that in order for me to become the ‘Offer Guy,’ I had to create a new value ladder - which in my mind is a business.   So on the marketing side at least, there’s 100% an entirely new value ladder.   Q: What do I understand very clearly about how to develop new value ladders?   A: I have to start in the middle.   However, I wanna cash flow it like it's at the top... because I have a current business.   I've got a couple of employees and about eighteen 1099s that work for me monthly. I've got business expenses.   My monthly expenses right now are 30 to 40.grand a month - which is fine, I expected that.   … it was part of the plan.   We've been doing over six figures every single month for the last nine months.   Soon our expenses will rise to 40 - 50 grand - it just depends how much we spend on ads.   Anyway, here's the point, and there are a few forces that play here...   WALKING IN CLAUDE HOPKINS SHOES   The last guy to really be the offer guy was Claude Hopkins back in the late 1800s - there hasn't been an offer guy for 100 years! It's been a long time…   For me, that's cool because it means that:   Historically, the banner has been raised historically in the past.   The idea has been validated.   No one is the Offer Guy now.   … which  means that the move I want to make has been validated... and that was one of the things identified I was like, “Oh my gosh, I should go do that.” Back in the day, offers were called schemes.   You’d hire a ‘Scheme Man…’   i.e., What's the scheme? What's the plan? What's the scheme for you to go sell your thing?   Hopkins was a Scheme Man.   Today, that means something different; it means you’re a schemer with a negative connotation...   ...but it didn't mean that back then.   So I was like, “Well, I'm gonna go be the Offer Guy - that's technically a blue ocean. No one is the Offer Guy…   There are people who’ve brought books out... and there are people who’ve said “Hey, do this, this, this,” around the offer -  which also further validates the move.   But…   No one is the Offer Guy!  No one has dedicated themselves wholly to offers.   So those were all great signs for me!   FINDING MY RED OCEAN   The next question I had to answer was:   Q: What red ocean will come out of?   A: Definitely, ClickFunnels   ClickFunnels understand the power of an offer.   Does this make sense? I'm NOT just trial closing you!   Hopefully, you understand why I did this...   I was like, “Okay, there is offer stuff out there, but no ones put it together and become the offer:     Ocean       Market       Guy       Guru     Those are all HUGE signals for me!   So what I needed to do, (with that backdrop in place,)  was capture as much of the market mindshare as possible in people's brains…   I wanted people to think:   “Oh, Stephen really does know what the heck he's talking about when it comes to offers!”   … so how do I do that?   So I started putting together all my content about offers together, but then, I need a platform to deliver it.   I'd been teaching bits and pieces on Sales Funnel Radio   I'd been teaching bits and pieces on other people's stages   I'd been teaching bits and pieces on other people's platforms...   Until OfferMind I’d never had a scenario where I could teach all my stuff… (and literally, it wasn't everything... the audience gave out before I did. I was ready to keep going, we just ran out of time. Two days is not enough time for me to teach my stuff).   However, I was able to teach from beginning to as far as possible:   Ideation   How do I validate the idea?   How do I know if it's a good idea?   How do I know that it's most likely gonna be a success?   What are all the things I can do to make sure that I've got all the cards in my hand to make sure this is a success?   Market positioning   About what marketing is   How to actually create an ecosystem - which we know sits on top of content   Content   It was just fascinating to see all these things come together that I'd already been doing. I realize, “Oh my gosh, there it is.”   CREATING OFFERMIND   I always tend to do better in front of a live audience because I can watch people’s reactions.   I wanted to teach offer creation from start to finish   I  wanted to be able to create lots of content in front of a live audience   I spent three weeks preparing my slides. I did NOTHING else - it was OBSESSIVE. It was fun and I can't wait to do it again… but *HOLY CRAP* it was a lot of work!   Here’s the thing…   I hate crappy events; when I walk into an event it needs to feel like I'm NOT in a hotel.   It needs to feel like I've entered another dimension   ... it's all about the seventh phase of the funnel -  which is to change the selling environment. Then, I was like, “Okay, well, how do I fill the room? I really don't care if they pay...”   I didn't wanna lose money. I just wanted to break even.   So this is what I did…   PIGGYBACKING ON A GIANT   I looked over at ClickFunnels to see what momentum and noise they were already creating…   This is one of the easiest ways to create a lot of cash quickly -     You piggyback off some momentum that the category king in your red ocean market is creating.   This is how I filled the event and made so much intense noise.   I used the 30-Day book to piggyback and ride the momentum of a giant.   I was creating a blue ocean, (and I still am), but if I didn’t take as much market share as possible...   Someone else with a bigger list could swoop in and steal the crown   For Example:   Let's say, Frank Kern, Pat Flynn, or somebody else saw the opportunity and I didn't capture the market share quickly... they could swoop in and claim it.   So it was a game where I needed to capture as much of the market share in people's brains as possible - so that they associate me with being the ‘Offer Guy’.   So when I saw was Russell telling everybody:   “Hey, we got this big summit coming. Hey, it's gonna be big affiliate thing, “  and that's where I gave away a FREE ticket to the first event.   I can't do that anymore, and I won't do that anymore because it cheapens the content now... but in the beginning, it didn't.   So my plan was to…   Ran a BIG live event Made a lot of noise about it Filled it by leveraging the momentum already created by a red ocean category King, i.e., ClickFunnels.   And because of that first event, I was able to...   Capture (as much as possible) the market share in people's brains   Fill the event with people from the ClickFunnels space - all my dream customers   Leverage a campaign that ClickFunnels was heavily backing to people - my dream customers   Validate my stuff in front of an audience and to myself   Get it on camera and repurpose the crap out of it   MAKING NOISEIt's only April - it's only since November that I decided to try and be the Offer Guy.   Q: Doesn't it feel like it's been longer than that?   A: It was by design! I planned this out ahead of time.   I needed to create a lot of momentum, so I asked the questions:   How can I create as much noise as I physically can?   How do I set this up in a way that allows me to capture a large market share? I wasn’t just looking from a market positioning standpoint … I was looking from a marketing position standpoint and seeing:   No one’s the offer guy now   There used to be an Offer Guy 100 years ago   How am I gonna attach myself to reach my dream customer? (I used the ClickFunnels space where I already had some stature...  why wouldn't I?)   How do I get my dream customer to come over to me?   I'm NOT telling them to abandon ClickFunnels - I created a complimentary market.   I NOT trying to be the Funnel Guy, I’m trying to be the Offer Guy - and they work in tandem.   I didn’t throw rocks at ClickFunnels. Instead...   I created a complimentary blue ocean and attached it to ClickFunnels to fill it.   I piggyback off of the momentum that ClickFunnels already had... Gave away a free ticket on purpose just get butts in seats… Told I will not ship their swag to them and that they will forfeit their swag if they don't show up.   … that caused some of the most ridiculous buzz ever. It pissed people off, and honestly, I'm okay with that... because “What happened?”   I got butts in seats   I wanted people to hear that I knew what I was talking about... and that I wasn't some guy who came out of the ClickFunnel riding that gravy train.   ...and it worked.   It was more of a middle ladder move -  even though it's free-ish, it’s still content that I used to launch something at the back end.   Now we're launching more things in the middle, and there's a lot coming down at the bottom of the value ladder.   SO WHY WAS OFFERMIND FREE? The reason OfferMind was FREE the first time was by some serious design.   I wanted to…   Capture that market share Test the core theories that I'd already had success with Go in and show that I was worthy to crown myself as the Offer King   None of my other events will ever be free again - EVER.   I actually pride myself on being very expensive for a lot of reasons -  However, it's not to keep people out.   Man, I was going through my value ladder the other day - I have about 20 insanely valuable things that are FREE. If it’s NOT free, then it’s at the bottom of the ladder.   I’ve got a lot of FREE stuff.   My actual stuff’s very expensive and I don't apologize for it.   WHAT’S YOUR PURPOSE?   So when you're trying to figure out what you wanna do…   First of all, understand that it takes time to figure that out.   It's been like four and a half years that I've been active in this game, (I have to think how old my girl is)...   I started using ClickFunnels right after they left beta. I think it was actually on the webinar right after they left beta.   I was already selling stuff on the internet. I was already building websites with agencies and stuff...   I've been acting this game for a while,  and I’ve just barely figured out what I wanna be and do - I'm the Offer Guy.   I know where my value ladder is leading… and  I've designed it, but it would be a mistake to build it as fast as humanly possible.   Instead...   I  should build it as fast as possible with the constraints of launching with good campaigns.   … so a lot of what you're gonna watch me do here over the next year is build campaigns and launch   is There's a bunch of other stuff that I'm NOT willing to release yet or talk about that stuff afterward -  I know what those are as well.   OfferLab is one of the things that’s come out of this so far - it’s one of the things on the value ladder and OfferMind’s definitely under it.   OfferLab is AMAZING - it’s where I help people build their offers and put all this stuff in place! Go to myofferlab.com to check it out   (The guy who had OfferLab wanted a ton of money… it was insanely expensive.)   So once I know what those things are... it's not enough for me to just build the product... I also need to build a campaign that launches it and an evergreen campaign that sustains it.   Those a lot of things that most funnel builders don't look - they just start driving ads.. and it's okay…   BUT…   You lose out on a ton of money and promotional noise.   … and *that's* why OfferMind was free.   BOOM!   If you're just starting out you're probably studying a lot. That's good. You're probably geeking out on all the strategies, right? That's also good.   But the hardest part is figuring out what the market wants to buy and how you should sell it to them, right?   That's what I struggled with for a while until I learned the formula.   So I created a special Mastermind called an OfferMind to get you on track with the right offer, and more importantly the right sales script to get it off the ground and sell it.   Wanna come?   There are small groups on purpose, so I can answer your direct questions in person for two straight days. You can hold your spot by going to OfferMind.com.   Again, that's OfferMind.com.

Colossians 3:9-15 Ephesians 2:11-22Galatians 3:27-281 Corinthians 12:13Ephesians 6:241 Corinthians 10:16-17Sermon Discussion Questions:Who am I?: How do people approach that question differently today than in the past?Who is the "new man"?What does it mean that we are: the body of Christ?, He is the Head?, His Spirit dwells in all of us?, we are a living temple?, we are God's household in which He dwells?.How does this override all ethnic, racial, class, etc. distinctions.What united a strict Jewish man and a Sythian?What are the challenges to living together with such diversity?What are the things needed to stay unified?

Giving A story - King's Cross to Caledonian Road. And what happened when... Time, possessions and money Giving is seemingly one of the three forbidden subjects for Christians to discuss in the 21st century! The other two being sex and power. Jesus talked about all three often! Every person has in differing quantities: time, talent, possessions and money. In relationship to giving, the Church is to be a community where the strongest members support the weakest members. This applies not only to the local church, but also at a national and international level as well. Too often, even as Christian Disciples we are found turning a blind eye to the suffering of others where the bare necessities of life are in sparse existence. Too often we gather possessions and people, instead of giving up our time and money generously to help the poor and needy of both our world and local communities. Too often we keep our time and talents selfishly to ourselves instead of giving them to others in need. Spiritual Growth Indicator Perhaps the greatest indicator of spiritual growth in the Christian Disciple concerns their giving – particularly financial giving. Paul writing to the Corinthians commands that giving is to be done whole-heartedly and cheerfully (2 Corinthians 9:7). WOW! For the Christian Disciple, it is not so much how much is given, but how much is left after giving. God looks beyond the amount that is given to the motive and attitude behind the giving. All of our money, time, talents and possessions belong to God anyway, so giving is to be in response to this. Giving is to be done out of love for God. Paul offers in 1 Corinthians 16:2 a three-point system for giving financially: regularly, methodically and proportionately. Failure to give back to God's work what He has given the Christian Disciple in the first place, robs God (Malachi 3:8). The reason it robs is because the giving cannot be used to support those who are working for God. As a result of giving, the Christian Disciple will be blessed (Malachi 3:10) and have their needs satisfied (Philippians 4:19). Old Testament In the Old Testament, Widows were important to God, because justice is important to God as He is a God of perfect justice and consummate mercy. In the Old Testament, under the Law of Moses, God commanded provision for those who were widows, oppressed or uncared for. The 12 Apostles would have known about God caring for the widows and through Jesus’ teaching about justice for the poor and the oppressed. We know this because if you read the Book of Acts, people were selling and sharing possessions and ensuring that all people within the Christian community were being looked after and cared for. This included making sure that everyone got fed, particularly those who had no family to care for them. And it was not just for those within the church – but from the wider community! New Testament The New Testament church made sure that financial giving was done and that the poor, the oppressed, the lonely and the widows were taken care of. People working fulltime for the Lord, were given recompense by others for their efforts. People gave. Paul in Romans 12:6-8 places giving as a spiritual gift! I wonder how many people have asked specifically for that particular gift. Perhaps it’s the least asked for gift; after all it isn’t one of the supposedly spectacular ones! You and I How are you doing? How is your giving of your time, your talents, your possessions and your money on a local, national and international level? The get out clause for a lot of Christians is that it would not be good stewardship to give to that person or that cause. Or they say the passages in the book of Acts are only descriptive of that particular time and have no relevance for us today. Each of us has in varying quantities: time, talents, possessions and money. How is your giving of those to others doing? God gave everything so that you and I may have life and life in abundance. So by giving generously of your time, your talents, your possessions and your finances, you are reflecting that. Just as God gave and gives generously, and gave His Son as a ransom for sin. If you have run out of ideas about how to give what you have, ask God to show you and give you some creative ideas! Go live! Go give! How’s that for a WOW word? Click or Tap here to listen to or save this as an audio mp3 file ~ You can now purchase our Partakers books! Please do click or tap here to visit our Amazon site! Click or tap on the appropriate link below to subscribe, share or download our iPhone App!

ELT: Why Teach Feminism?   This week I talk to Reiko Yoshihara about feminism in the ELT classroom. Why should I? How can I deal with backlash? How can sexism affect female teachers? 

Self? Help! is the new podcast out of Blinkist. Host Terence Mickey, Moth Storyteller and creator of Memory Motel, goes deep with people about the books that sparked their life-changing realizations. In season one you’ll hear five bestselling NYT authors—Johann Hari, Paula McLain, and Eli Finkel, to name a few—tell the stories of that moment when they asked themselves who am I? How did I get here? And what am I supposed to do next? and the book that helped them answer those oh-so-existential questions. All episodes drop March 21st over in the Self? Help! feed. But today you get a sneak preview of episode one with Susan Cain, author of Quiet: The Hidden Power of Introverts in a World That Can't Stop Talking.1 Listen in to hear how Do What You Are[2] helped her change careers and find her true self. You can subscribe here to get all the episodes of Self? Help! next week when they drop[3]: https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/self-help/id1453526088?mt=2 Try Blinkist for free for 14 days by going to [https://www.blinkist.com/en/friends/][4] and typing in the code cain. Let us know what you thought of this episode by emailing podcast@blinkist.com, or say hello on Twitter. Terence is at [@terence_mickey][5]. [2] https://www.blinkist.com/en/books/do-what-you-are/ [3]: https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/self-help/id1453526088?mt=2 [4]: https://www.blinkist.com/friends/?v=cain [5]: https://twitter.com/terence_mickey

If you are a baseball fan, you will love this conversation with Del Duduit—author of Dugout Devotions. An uplifting devotional with faith testimonies from some of MLB’s best players, Del reminds us that many of these stars struggle with the same things that we all struggle with. Who am I? How do I navigate life doing what I love but also being a good witness for Christ? Their struggles are real—on and off the field. A motivating and practical resource, Dugout Devotions is a great tool for unifying teams and families and equipping coaches and players to apply their faith through baseball.

The biggest mistake I see people make when approaching others of influence is they enter the relationship without adding value to the other.   This is my campaign I used to approach Russell Brunson about Keynoting at OfferMind 2019...   HOW RUSSELL BRUNSON HELPED ME CREATE OFFERMIND   I wanted my own event real bad, so last year, when Russell Brunson came out with his 30-Days Book, I decided to piggyback off the launch to build my event.   Each affiliate received a $100 for each person who signed up through their link.   375 people bought the book through me which meant that I could use that income to create a sweet event.   Each person who bought the 30 Day Book with my link also got a free ticket to my first OfferMind.   We found a room that would hold 180 people, and about 160 RSVP’d to get tickets.   There's always a 5 - 10% no-show rate on all events, no matter what you do (crazy, I know),  so on the day, we ended up with roughly 150 showing up, which is pretty good for the first time.   I know that OfferMind is an event that I will probably do each year, so I wrote down my dream list of potential speakers on my whiteboard.   You can guess who was top of that list, right? ;-)   HOW NOT TO PITCH YOUR DREAM 100   People have asked:  “Stephen, you’re friends. Why didn't you just ask Russell to speak at Offermind?”   Well, first of all, I’d NEVER leverage a relationship for the sake of my business. So I'm gonna do EVERYTHING I would normally do to Russell that speaking at OfferMind was a GREAT idea.   I created a full-out stack and offer for him with closes, calls to actions, AND a fast-action bonus!     If you're gonna ask an influencer to do something, you better go the freakin' distance.   The absolute worst way to get someone to speak at your event (especially a dream 100 influencer) is to send them a message and say, “You wanna speak at my event?”   I've been asked to speak at two events recently, where I can tell my name was just being used to fill their event.   I will NEVER do any business with those individuals the rest of my life, they burned the bridge so hard.   You're gonna NOT get an influencer to show up for your business by walking up and saying, “Hey, you being coming to my event would truly be awesome for me and my business.” That's stupid!   You need to make your OFFER amazing and speak their language.   That's exactly what I did with Russell Brunson, and thankfully he agreed. I'm really pumped! The reason I'm sharing this with you is two-fold:   #1: I want you to come to OfferMind.   #2: I want to show you how to approach a Dream 100 influencer   Next, I’m gonna go through the script and offer I created for Russell to show you how I presented it, but if you wanna download the script, all you gotta do is get a ticket for OfferMind.   I'm handing the script out to each person who grabs a ticket at OfferMind.com. PITCHING MR RUSSELL BRUNSON   So, instead of just asking Russell straight out… I started dropping hints.   My first move was to send him a Vox saying, “I'm NOT asking you to speak at OfferMind, I'm just telling you I'm trying to think of ways to get you to speak at OfferMind.”   I was kinda messing with him, and surprisingly, he messaged back, and  said, “I want sushi while getting a massage.”   I said, “As long as it's not me doing them, yeah.”   So two days later, I walked into his office with a masseuse gift certificate from his favorite masseuse and sushi for the entire ClickFunnels office.   I also wrote a sales script and created a stack slide to pitch him on keynoting at OfferMind.   I wrote out the vehicle, internal and external related false beliefs that  I knew he’d go through when I asked him to keynote at my event.   I went through the whole marketing process and created an offer and wrote a full freakin' script. I probably spent five hours writing it.   This was a spawn of my brain. Sometimes that's great, and sometimes it's dangerous... right now, it's great.   Here’s how I did it…   CREATING AN OFFER FIT FOR RUSSELL BRUNSON   I took Russell’s webinar script which he knows inside out, (I use that script a lot too), and I went slide by slide from the stack slide on, to create an entire script.   What you’re gonna get when you choose to keynote at OfferMind 2019. The first thing you're gonna get when you commit to keynote at OfferMind 2019:   #1: First, you're gonna be the featured keynote speaker, with ads, paid content, hyper fans all promoting the event.   Also, Steve's personal closing team will be calling his audience after any purchase throughout the year leading up to the OfferMind event to sell 'em tickets. Whoa!   *On the right side, I added in a lot of trial closes which imitate what you'd expect a person's brain to be going through as I'm speaking...   It’s a two-sided conversation that I'm having both with Russell, but it’s also what’s going on inside of his own head.   #2: Secondly, you're gonna get more paid traffic to your One Funnel Away Challenge, Steve's ad team will drive paid traffic to each of your One Funnel Away Challenges throughout the year.   Each One Funnel Away buyer who buys through Steve's affiliate link will get credit for an OfferMind ticket where they'll further get ClickFunnels indoctrination from Stephen.   Wow, that's pretty awesome, right? Now you're probably thinking…   (Okay, now, I'm starting to hit secondary objections.)   Right now, you're probably thinking, “Is Steve Larsen or OfferMind even big enough for my level of influence?   (That's a vehicle-based objection right there, I'm hittin' it on the head.) And... “Could the decision to speak threaten my status as the CEO of ClickFunnels?”   You're probably thinking that right? Great question! We thought of that too. So, the third thing you're gonna get…   (And so there's literally a piece of the offer combating each one of those objections exactly as I’d do in any script.)   #3: So, the third thing you're gonna get high-end stage and event designers with professional media coverage to make this the coolest experience.   Steve has already hired the same A/V companies that do a lot of the Funnel Hacking Live and Two Comma Club X stages and they'll put on the event so the caliber will match your caliber.   Steve's caliber will match your caliber.   We'll also have professional photographers and videographers taking pictures, recordings, and B-roll that we'll turn over to you afterward for your own use.   (He's always looking for cool B-roll.)   You'll have your own custom backdrop and smoke that comes out. The crowd will be chanting, “Russell, Russell, Russell,” with Seven Nation Army blaring when I invite you onstage.   Additionally, the audience will be wearing the same Funnel Hacking or funnel promoting t-shirt like a uniform... which I will provide.   If that isn't enough, Steve will personally yell in the face of anyone NOT absolutely going nuts when you walk up.   *Um, my jaw just dropped* Are you starting to imagine how epic you're gonna look on the stage of OfferMind?   If you listen carefully, you probably already can hear them chanting, right? “Russell, Russell!”   BUT if you're like me, you're probably thinking, “Ah but, what would I even talk about?”   (I know he's gonna think that)   *How do I know? Because I sat in a room with him for two years. He's gonna go, “Um, I don't even know what to talk about? That's alright I'll figure it out later.”   I know he's going to say that, but I wanna make sure I answer that concern as well. It's very much an internal-based concern:     “I can see OfferMind would be a cool thing to do, but what would I talk about? Do I have the personal capacity to jump in and do that?”   He's gonna wanna over-deliver. So the objection is gonna be content focused, and what’s he gonna talk about?  So I'm gonna bring that up ahead of time.   Ah, but what are you gonna talk about... and for how long? #4: So the fourth you're gonna get topic and length autonomy. You'll have 500 - 800 people in the room...   *We're going for 500 to 800 people (if it’s possible with the event space). I'm sure we'll figure it out... but 500 people at least is what we're goin' for.   Steve will be speaking the full first day, and we'd like you to keynote on day two. You'll be the last speaker and have total control on what you talk about and how long you wanna go.   Feel free to test new material or talk about anything you want, but at the end of your speech…   (Okay, now I'm gonna tie into something that he wants)   It's not just WHAT does Steve Larsen want... It's HOW can I make my purposes align with Russell Brunson's purpose?   *If you're trying to Dream 100 somebody, aligning with their purpose is a major key...   At the end of your speech, Steve would like some time to interview you on-stage, sitting on couches, about your new Traffic Secrets book... releasing a few months before or after OfferMind... Feel free to pitch him!   Already, as one of your top product affiliates, Steve will drive heavy traffic to your new book using that interview you do with him onstage.   At the end, the crowd will go nuts and cheer you offstage. Steve will take a few open questions as you leave through our secret backstage door to avoid swarming.   (I know he's concerned about that, so I'm gonna put that in)   Woo! I don't know about you, but this is getting pretty amazing, right? By now you're starting to see how insane this all will be, right? Luckily, Steve is a safe bet too…   Imagine yourself speaking on his stage.   Think of how epic the ads will look to have a sweet stage interview promoting your NEW Traffic Secrets Book.   As a busy CEO, you're probably saying inside…   (Here comes the external-based concern)   ... “I might not have the time or mental bandwidth to add another thing in my life.” Right? So here's the fifth thing in the offer.   #5: You're gonna get your choice of the actual event date to fit your schedule.   (Oh! There's the one-two punch, right!)   Q: What's the biggest reason someone would probably NOT be able to come speak or keynote when they want to?   A: Scheduling! So what if I just let him choose the schedule? Steve isn't here to add stress and understands firsthand what you do and the speed of your office. He doesn't expect you to stay the whole time or try to sprint from one thing to the next just to squeeze in a stressful pitch or speech.   Keep it all simple by telling him what day works for you, he'll plan the event date around you.   Oh, and don't worry about travel either, a limo will pick you up from ClickFunnels headquarters and take you to the event room where you'll be greeted by Steve and taken to your private room.   Prüvit Ketones, (which he loves, I love, I drink every day) Bullet Bars, Quest Bars, Hydrogen water will be chilled and waiting for you in a private retreat and recharge room.   Bring anyone you like with you, and the limo will take you back when you're ready.   *Now I know that he doesn't wanna even think about travel. So I'm gonna take care of that. Even though it's local, I'm gonna send a limo to pick him up ‘cause he's the man.   Dang, this sounds super awesome, right? This sounds like a no-brainer! What will everyone think when the limo arrives to pick you up? Imagine their faces.   Imagine stickin' it to that daycare next door; can't tell you where to park, right?   (There's a daycare right next to ClickFunnels that's a little bit moody about where you park. So I threw in a little humor here)   This will be one of the easiest and coolest speaking experiences you've ever had.   HE SAID, YES!   I want you to see like what lengths I went to to make this happen:   I bought sushi for the whole office. I didn't say why I just arranged it and got it there.   We called his favorite massage places to figure out where he got his last massage last because I knew he liked it.  We had to go hunting to figure out who that was so we could get it book it again.   Then in the office, on-camera, in front of a bunch of people, I read this script to him:   Just to recap, here's what you're gonna get when you agree to keynote at OfferMind 2019:   You're gonna be the featured keynote speaker.   You get more paid traffic to your One Funnel Away Challenges throughout the entire year.   You get a high-end stage and event designers with media coverage that's amazing.   Topic and length autonomy.   Your choice of the actual event date to fit your schedule.   Dang! That's a really good deal, but wait, there's MORE... on top of everything above... if you confirm with Stephen soon, (so he can start preparations), you'll also get:   Your own speaker highlight video created at Steve's expense and given to your two video guys for any B-roll they'd like to use.   You're gonna get a copy of your Traffic Secrets book interview that you do with Steve onstage for more B-roll epicness.   I'm gonna give you a couples massage by your favorite masseuse, (gift certificates already attached).   Sushi, from your favorite local restaurant which will already be in the kitchen today at noon.   Professional recordings of Steve screaming, “It's Monday, baby! It's Tuesday, baby!” … and so forth, so you can use them for all those ideas you keep bringing up. (Yeah his voice has that weird ability.)   Man my face is starting to melt. This offer is too cool, OfferMind must teach really cool offer creation methods. I just wish Steve let this offer last forever.   The total value of this offer is incalculable. It's too awesome, but unfortunately, it can't last long due to overexposure of pure awesomeness.   So, to take advantage of the positive effects this offer will have on your:   Offer   Mission   Bottom line   ….just open up your phone right now and Vox Steve the phrase, “On like Donkey Kong.”   Again, that's, “On like Donkey Kong” to get started now. Luckily for you, we've recently started accepting talking or typing options on Voxer. Now, Steve had two options when he made this offer …   (I went and I grabbed a lot of the closes he likes to use in webinars)   The first was to go as weak sauce as possible, be a little pansy, be a little Sally, and approach you with the question, “Will you speak at my event?” in a stupid dumb voice with no value added back to you.   But that wouldn't really incentivize you to agree to this…   ... and Steve's beard would shrink two sizes too small.   The second option was to make it as cool and memorable as he could be dumping all profits from his One Funnel Away affiliate earnings into a sick, awesome, kick sissies in the teeth event where you can nerd out to whatever level you want.   Now let me ask you a question:   If all this did was let you get in front of a group of people of your hyper-followers already in your community, would it be worth it? Of course, right?   If all this did was let you test your material and thoughts before you test them on your own platforms, would that be worth it? Yeah!   And like I said, you'd be getting tons of creative assets at Steve's expense just for showing up.   If all this did was give you another chance to promote your new awesome book, build pressure for the launch, and push more people to ClickFunnels, would it be worth it? Absolutely, right?   Steve knows you…   He knows you're gonna spend hours behind your computer promoting your new book when it launches...   Why not spend some of that time in an awesome, local, professional location with a swarm of people who already know, love and buy from you?   Again, get started on this risk-free offer now, simply open up your phone and Vox Steve the phrase, “On like Donkey Kong.” Again, that's. “On like Donkey Kong.”   (He has a shirt that says that and he loves it. He says that phrase a lot.)   To make it even easier, Steve has already Voxed you this phrase. You don't even need to type it, just forward it back to him.   Remember, this offer won't last forever!   Just think, what's one extra Traffics Secrets book buyer worth to you? $7.95, $9.95, or even $50,000 each and every year. What would that do for you and your family?   Imagine getting that new BioHacking test, or even a second Cryosauna, which you can shove Steve in again.   ( There are a few inside jokes… I'm gonna skip some bits here)   Remember, this isn't a cost, it's an investment!   Just open up your phone right now and Vox Steve the phrase, “On like Donkey Kong,” to get started.   Agents are standing by for your Vox.   Again, to keynote at OfferMind, simply pick up your phone right now and look at it, let it recognize your face, look at it, open up the Voxer, and tell Steve, “On like Donkey Kong,” (talk or type accepted) and Steve will handle the rest.   Remember, you're just one Vox away. THE DREAM 100   On my Dream 100 speaker list, along with Russell Brunson, I have:   Mark Joyner,  he created a book called The Irresistible Offer many years ago.   Dean Holland   Todd Brown   Jay Abraham   Dana Derricks   These are all some of the best *living* offer creators. I don't know anyone beyond that list, that's really it…   I’ll reach out to Dean Holland and Dana Derricks because they’re on the same level of influence as me, so that's an okay thing to do. I'm sure that they'll say “Yes,” hopefully so.   If NOT they're gonna get tagged inside this episode for Sales Funnel Radio, and I'll ask them that way as well.   But Russell gets approached like crazy by tons of people. So he's got walls and barriers just to keep his own sanity. We can all understand that, right?   So to approach influencers who are above your status, you’ve gotta go all out...   I got a pretty awesome Dream 100 package in the mail.   I was handed an envelope and inside, somebody (this is actually very clever), had attached an actual hundred dollar bill.   They attached a hundred dollar bill and said, “We know your goal was to always do 10 grand a day, so a hundred dollars should buy 14 minutes of your time. Please read the letter and see if you would like to spend the time.”   That’s super cool!   STATUS DECREASE   One of the principles of the Dream 100 is that:   If what I'm offering presents a risk of a status decrease, the answer will be, NO!   This is more important than whether or not the event fits into their schedule.   So I'm crafting an offer with stories and I'm listing out his false beliefs.   If it's gonna decrease his status, or if there's any risk that it will, he's already gonna say, NO.   So I need to show ways to increase his status while protecting it from decrease at the same time.   Does that make sense?   I’m gonna answer the objection of, “Oh crap, will this decrease my status?” I'm gonna say, “No, in fact, here's how it will increase your status.”   So one of the BEST things you can do when approaching a Dream 100 influencer is to know what campaigns they’re running.   I need to know what campaigns an individual is already running that I could piggyback off to increase their status?   The internal hang-up definitely is NOT, “I'm not good enough, I'm not smart enough.” Instead, for Russell, it would probably be, “What do you want me to teach?”   For him, it's not so much about money obviously... he's probably gonna have a time-based concern 'cause he's Russell Brunson. He's also gonna have a mental shelf space concern.   It's NOT, I don't have enough to teach, it's, “Oh my gosh, I have to spend time planning what I'll teach.” That's a real concern. That's a BIG issue.   I solve each one of these pain points inside of the offer.   Q: Where am I fishing out of right now? Where's my market?   A: ClickFunnels.   Q: What's the new opportunity?   A: OfferMind.   There are parts of the offer designed to scratch, soothe and satiate all the concerns that come from the vehicle, internal, external-based objections...   And then, there are a few pieces that are just awesome and straight from me. X-A-V-I-E-R   Here's the XAVIER model for drafting offers created by yours truly, and highly featured in my book coming out soon called Your Core Offer.   Go to YourCoreOffer.com if you wanna get on the waiting list.   X = what you want to sell.   A = what they want to buy.   These are NOT ALWAYS the same thing.   When you sell something to somebody, they don't ALWAYS want what you want to sell.   For Example:   Russell wants to sell Funnel Hacks web class. When he sells Funnel Hacks web class you pre-buy ClickFunnels for six months with a whole bunch of programs.   The A: the anchor of the offer, is ClickFunnels itself. People just want ClickFunnels; so that's a prime example of what I'm talking about there.   Now, back to my offer to Russell…   So X - equals:   Russell what you're gonna get when you come speak at OfferMind 2019, the first thing you're gonna be the only keynote speaker at OfferMind. I'm gonna put ads with a lot of ad money behind it, content, fans, all promoting your appearance and your name.   *One of the things I'm gonna give him is status. That's one of the ways I'm fighting the status decrease thing, but it's not the exclusive place that I'm fighting it yet.   A - equals:   Each One Funnel Away Challenge buyer in 2019 who buys through Steve's affiliate link will get credit to OfferMind for further ClickFunnels indoctrination from you and Steve.   That's HUGE! What did I just do?   ‘A’ is the anchor of the offer, it is the part of the offer that’s the sexiest. The thing that the other person wants the most.   I know Russell is spending a ton of time, money, effort, energy, and resources on this One Funnel Away Challenge.   He's re-launching it, and it's gonna be massive. He's gonna push hard to get a ton MORE people in One Funnel Away Challenge than are probably in ClickFunnels right now. So the question is: What could I do to best support that?   What if I attached my OfferMind tickets to that again to fill the events, promote him, promote ClickFunnels and align myself with what he's trying to do.   That's a no-brainer because now the offer’s NOT about me.   DON’T PITCH AN IDEA LIKE THIS   I hate it when somebody walks up, and they're like, “Stephen, I'm so excited man, why don't you come get on my show because you’d be great and you’d bring tons of people to my show.”   ...I'm like, “Wow, okay, what’s in this for me? This is a two-way relationship, you're just goin' one way though. That’s hurting our relationship by you approaching me like that.”   STUPID! STUPID! It's D-U-M-B!   You’re gonna trigger:   Fear of status decrease, “Why on Earth is this for me?”     Rejection...   Objection...   Tons of stuff  like:   “Oh, my gosh, NO. I don't have time for that.”   “What would you want me to teach? Nah!” *status decrease*   “There's no way that vehicle aligns with where I'm moving.   This is key; when I’m dropping something out to a Dream 100 influencer...   I'm aligning with their current mission... so part of their offer is also part of my offer.   Dana Derricks just did this to me, and it's one of the reasons why he's speaking at OfferMind.   ALIGN   I was on Voxer with Dana, and he goes, “Dude, I would love to pre-buy some OfferMind tickets next year to give away because I want my people to go through some of your stuff.”   I was like, “Sick, super cool. Yeah, that'd be awesome.”   What did he do?   He said, “Let me give your tickets away as part of my offer.”   Russell Brunson did the exact same thing with Grant Cardone for his 10X Event.   He went to Grant Cardone pre-bought a thousand of your tickets to give away as part of his current offers.   What does that do?   It spikes the value, someone else fulfills on it, aligns the two offers together.   That's part of the “A” in anchor for XAVIER. Does that make sense, you guys gettin' this? I'm NOT trial closing... Does that really make sense? This is HUGE. This is a BIG BIG deal right here.   In my pitch, it went like this:   Each One Funnel Away Challenge buyer in 2019 who buys through Steve's affiliate link will get credit to OfferMind for further ClickFunnels indoctrination from you and Steve…   Meaning: I am going to go and push One Funnel Away Challenge really really hard. When people buy the One Funnel Away Challenge through me, I'm gonna give them credit to get an OfferMind ticket where you can speak to more of your people and continue to get them inside ClickFunnels.   That's HUGE!  It aligns both me and Russell.   VEHICLE OBJECTION?   Q: What's the vehicle-based fear here?   A: Probably status decrease: “Is this good enough?” That could be the potential major concern about speaking at OfferMind. “Is he big enough?”   Russell would never boastingly say that, but you get what I'm saying… He’s Russell Brunson, right!   I'm like, “Oh don't worry about it...   To protect your status I want you to know that we hire the exact same A/V team that designed your Funnel Hacking Live stages, and they're gonna put on the OfferMind stage. The stage caliber will match your caliber.”   One of the most frustrating things I've ever experienced ever is to show up to an event that I've been invited to speak at, and you can tell that there wasn't much thought put into the experience in the room.   That's why OfferMind costs me so much money... and it did it cost me a lot of money. I actually went in the hole just a little bit... because I wanted to create an experience.   You can find out MORE about how I created OfferMind and made it an experience here. I specifically made it so it felt like you were entering a new environment... (which is so freaking key, it is ridiculous!)   I'm letting Russell know:   We have all the old OfferMind recordings. This is what it looked like last time. It was very professional. It was amazing; very top-notch and high caliber... it’ll be the same kind of thing.   Rest assured, it's the same people you're used to working with, so there won't be any new faces when you're getting mic'd up. There won't be any new experiences.”   Does that make sense?   INTERNAL OBJECTIONS This is how I'm combating the internal hangup, “What would you want me to teach?”   I see it’ll be cool, but…   How will I?   How can I?   Do I?   Will I?   Do I know enough?   I don't know what to talk about?”   It’s ALL the ‘I’s’... I know one of your strategies, Russell, is to go in and test your material on smaller crowds before you go to your major one. Feel free to do that at OfferMind.   Let your noggin have the playground and the fun crazy zone that you wanna go to, and test your material on my audience.   Does that make sense?  I just solved that internal objection for him.   EXTERNAL OBJECTIONS   How will I solve the objection: “I don't have time to speak at your OfferMind, but I want to...”   I believe it's a good vehicle.   I believe I could pull off.   BUT I DON’T have time/ money/ resources #externalbasedobjection   Don't worry about it, man. You will choose the actual date of the event so that we can make sure you can get there.   We know what date it's gonna be, but if it came down to Russell NOT being able to speak, and us just choosing a different date that's a few weeks difference…   We will Change the Freakin' Date.   That's a SICK OFFER!   From his perspective, it’s like, “Oh man, he's gonna change his whole event!”   Well, yeah, we're talking seven months in the future, so, yeah, we'll definitely change the date if we need to.   That's a BIG offer right there.   I've been asked to speak in several locations in the past little bit including Australia and Greece... It's not that I don't want to, it's a date issue…   So if Russell has control over the time and date, and it came down to it and I'm like, “Dude, what day? Say it, just, and we'll do it.” He's like, “You know what, I could come to downtown Boise, so I don't need to travel anywhere.”   I'm making it EASY.   A limo will pick you up from CF headquarters and take you to the event.   And he can talk as long as he wants to. Does that make sense? Like, this just got sexy, man.   He doesn't need to worry about travel, it's close to him, it's right there, it's downtown Boise at a SICK venue. THE CTA   Reason to Act Now... (this is what he told me he would like to have)   A couples massage: he wants a massage from his favorite masseuse. We already set it up.   Sushi from his favorite sushi place.   I mean that's a sexy offer...  it's NOT just, “Dude, come speak at my event so that I can fill it with people who are interested to see you.”   Some more things I'm gonna add inside this offer are:     We’ll send you the professional recordings.       We’re gonna have professional photographers there to take pictures.       His own private room where he can go and just kick back, and there are snacks and drinks in there.     I know you're always looking for new material. You can have the recordings. You can have the pictures... very very high-end stuff so that you can look like a rockstar on my stage.   That’s what would motivate a Russell Brunson-esque figure.   So what I'm trying to help you guys understand is like, when you're doing offers, and especially when it comes to Dream 100…   Offer creation for Dream 100 is NOT the same thing as offer creation for customers. It’s NOT the same thing as offer creation for affiliates. It’s NOT the same thing for offer creation for front-end product. It's all different. You gotta understand exactly WHO you're speaking to. THIS DIDN’T HAPPEN…   The last thing I tried to do was find a local actor to play Claude Hopkins,  tell a fast origin story, and hand him a piece of paper with the offer and the call to action.   Claude Hopkins was one of the original offer creators.   You probably know about Claude Hopkins if you've been following me.   Claude Hopkin was the first guy to put an ad on a car.   He actually popularized the concept of brushing teeth so that they could sell toothpaste!   Seriously, brilliant, brilliant man; late 1800s.   Anyway, I wanted some dude to gonna dress up like Claude Hopkins and walk up and say:   “What's up? My name's Claude Hopkins, I was one of the first offer creators in America: Hey that Steve Larsen, you should really go talk to him about his event.”   ...and then hand off the offer, the gift certificate for the massage...  the sushi already on the table.   It's Pretty Sexy… but unfortunately, the Claude Hopkins bit didn’t happen.   PLAYING FULL OUT   I wanted to go full out because I knew that if Russell said, “Yes!” Then it would be a lot easier for us to get two or three other really high-end people to speak at OfferMind.   It was definitely worth crafting a campaign for.   I want to be able to bring in some of the best to OFFERMIND, and Russell obviously is THE BEST!   Remember I talked about how important it is to follow the framework master, and Russell is that guy! Why would I bring in anybody else?!   So that why I went to soooo much effort crafting this offer for Russell to keynote.   It's was an offer NOT a request.   It's WASN’T,  “Come look at me…”   I'm not gonna EVER do that. That's the fastest way for you to put a bad taste in their mouth when you're talking to a BIG influencer... even if we're friends.   In any influencer scenario, you got ONE SHOT to set up the way they're gonna look at you FOREVER. It really does matter!   So, when I talk to the other offer creation rock stars I want to bring to you, I will craft a custom campaign for each individual.   Campaigns are a dying art (It’s NOT the same thing as a Facebook ad). I will craft a campaign, NOT just an offer, NOT just a sales message, and reach out to each individual to try and get them to come to speak at OfferMind. BOOM!   If you're just starting out you're probably studying a lot. That's good. You're probably geeking out on all the strategies, right? That's also good.   But the hardest part is figuring out what the market wants to buy and how you should sell it to them, right?   That's what I struggled with for a while until I learned the formula.   So I created a special Mastermind called an OfferMind to get you on track with the right offer, and more importantly the right sales script to get it off the ground and sell it.   Wanna come?   These are small groups on purpose, so I can answer your direct questions in person for two straight days.   You can hold your spot by going to OfferMind.com. Again, that's OfferMind.com.  

Yes! It's possible to transform depression into a life of happiness and fulfilling service. Our guest speaker visionary and spiritual guide Chloe shares her journey out of depression. She also shares with us: Her heartfelt response to the fundamental question: Who am I? How to tell what is your divinely sent medicine. Valuable ancient wisdom pertaining to her personal Native American practice. About healing with indigenous medicine. The story of how unexpectedly she found her medicine in the sacred land of Cusco-Peru and how it transformed her life. As mentioned in this episode: Join our community & get the Divine Woman Interview Series Free “Golden Notes” with interviews excerpts (a 4 part Gift sent to you over the next few days) and access to the library of DivineEssence Bonuses here: https://alturasspiritualjourneys.com/essence You can find out more about Chloe Rain at exploredeeply.com Book recommendation about the immortality of the soul and the purpose of life:Journey of Souls - Case Studies of Life Between Lives by Michael Newton.

What do we lose when we are overly concerned with me, myself, and I? How is self-interest an impediment to Self-realization? A podcast from Satsang with Shambhavi

Half of my face was completely paralyzed and I came to realize that there is no tomorrow, I stopped asking myself How can I? How to? What if? Am I good enough? I don't know how? "Everything that happens to you is an opportunity" be thankful for Life and stop asking how to? and just do it! Much love to all of you... FAMILY. Link to my Video https://m.facebook.com/story.php?story_fbid=1956177784690733&id=1645684489073399 --- Support this podcast: https://anchor.fm/reminders/support

Robin Meyers is an international speaker, author, molecular geneticist, professional counselor, podcast host, and much more. She is an expert in transitions and specializes in the power of mindset, leadership, and fear while teaching women to use their voice and create their best life. But it wasn’t until age 53, the same age that her mother died, that she inquired within, “Am I really using my own voice?” Sarah and Robin unpack the generational practice behind women’s hesitancy to use their voice to express their needs, wants, and worth. Robin encourages women to spend some time alone to cultivate these fruits of self-awareness. By starting simple (“What do I want to drink this morning?”), we may discern our non-negotiable’s, healthy boundaries, and what we will and will not accept in our lives. Robin guides us to be gentle with ourselves amidst life-altering transitions. Respect and allow space for hard feelings and tender memories. It is from this soft space that we may begin to build the ability to discern who we really are. Our inner critic can transform into our best friend and wisest mentor. Sarah and Robin also examine the topic of fear. Whereas a healthy perception of fear can keep us safe, fear can also precede self-sabotage and almost always keeps us small, preventing us from experiencing life at our fullest capacity. Fear keeps us alive, helps us to survive, but sometimes prevents us from truly thriving. These are heavy topics. Listen tenderly, dear ones. Honor what you can and cannot bear in this moment.   Tender curiosities: Where does the fear to use my voice originate from? My relationship with my beloved is an essential piece of my identity. Now that they’re gone, who am I? How can I begin to become solid in who I am amidst unbearable devastation? How you can start to change your life in just four minutes a day. How you can “be with” your fear and turn it into your superpower.   Resources: Dive deeper into Robin Meyers’ message through her book, “Alone But Not Lonely” and podcast, “Activate Bold Choices.”   Friend her on Facebook and learn much more through her Website. 48:20  Marianne Williamson’s quote.

Have you ever looked around at your life and thought, "Where am I? How did I get here? Is this all there is? What's next for me?" So often we can get caught up in our daily, routine lives and we become so tired or apathetic that we forget about the dreams we once had - the desire to make the most of this life we've been given. What if right now is the time to step up or go to the next level? What if the struggle we've endured has brought us to the half-way point - and it gets better from here? Pastor Val Byrd encourages us that NOW is the time - God has something great in store for all of us.

Do you wake up and look in to the mirror and think to yourself, who is that? Who am I? Why am I? How did I? This morning you could wake up and look into the eyes of a hero and simply say I am the hero in my own story. Battling the sacred sources of life that push me deeper and further into myself. I will not be lost in the world of negativity but better yet be found standing on the neck of my most greatest enemies.

"If others can, why can't I" How self-esteem affects people in achieving goals

Jonathan and Jarrett take on their employer's past digressions once more with the family-friendly live film adaptation of the beloved 80's cartoon Inspector Gadget (1999) directed by David Kellogg and starring Matthew Broderick, Rupert Everett, Joely Fisher, and Michelle Trachtenberg. Is Inspector Gadget alive or is he A.I? How can you proceed with the Gadget Project without the consent of the person involved? Do you just have the ability to immediately hack someone once they agree to work for you? All these questions and more are explored this week on Bombs Away!  Visit us online at www.facebook.com/bombsawayshow to discuss this episode, make a comment or correction on something we missed or messed or a movie suggestion. Or write us contact@bombsawayshow.com Find us on Instagram and Twitter @BombsAwayShow  For all things, Bombs Away visit us at www.bombsawayshow.com

Is Your Money Mindset Keeping You Small Do you want to achieve great things with your biz? Of course you do, girlfriend! Running a successful business starts with having a good relationship with money and your mindset. In another podcast episode, I opened up about the several money blocks that I once suffered from. Today's episode is really going to help you stretch your money mindset beyond what you think is capable and achieve things that you never thought are possible. LET'S GET INTO IT I am so excited for today's episode because we're going to help you understand and embrace a positive money mindset! That's right, girlfriend. We're talking money! Today's guest is Kelly Roach, a mum, business coach, ex-NFL Cheerleader, and health and fitness nut. Kelly is passionate about helping business owners reach their true potential and live out their dreams by building profitable businesses that enhance every aspect of their lives. You may want to grab a pen and paper because Kelly is definitely delivering some amazing tips to help you overcome your money blocks so you can start to lean in and achieve the things you never thought were possible. THE RECAP During this episode, Kelly is going to share her insider knowledge to help you achieve a positive money mindset and achieve things that you never thought are possible. 1. Introducing Kelly! Kelly is a business growth strategist who is dedicated to helping entrepreneurs really tap into their true potential. I absolutely love her passion and story! Key Points We Discussed: Who is Kelly Roach? What is Kelly's biz journey? How did Kelly found her biz? 2. Positive Money Mindset Your money mindset directly impacts every situation in your life, and it most definitely impacts your business growth. In this section, Kelly is addressing what a positive money mindset is and why you need to have one! Key Points We Discussed: What is a positive money mindset? How can someone come from an abundance mindset? 3. Assessing Your Money Mindset There is a world of unlimited possibility, and having a positive money mindset also allows room for you to take on opportunities that you truly resonate with and want to do. Key Points We Discussed: How does a poor money mindset present itself in your life? You make decisions in your life based off of your finances. Thinking “I can’t because of...” instead of asking “How can I?” How is poor money mindset manifesting itself in female entrepreneurs? Making poor financial decisions in your business (not getting the proper training, resources, courses, etc.). How should a woman in business overcome their negative money mindset? How to reset your money mindset? Write down your money mindset blocks and create a sentence that is in reverse of that. Identify the old beliefs that you want to let go. Identify the new beliefs that you truly believe. Allow your new beliefs to become a part of your everyday life. Start absorbing content that allows you to expand your mind. 4. Creating Meaningful Opportunities I cannot stress enough that in order to create meaningful opportunities and run a successful business then you need to have the proper money mindset. It's crucial! Key Points We Discussed: How should a startup entrepreneur be wise with the money that they have? Advertising is key Get help learning how to start your business the right way the first time. What is Kelly's recommendation for investing in Facebook Ads? Why you should invest in the next level for more opportunities? You lose more money and time if you don't make the investment the right way the first time. What are Kelly's best tips for those who are ready to start their own journey as an entrepreneur? Start your business as a side hustle. Don't quit your day job just yet! Get your finances in check. Smash the scarcity mindset and start coming from a place of abundance. Know what investments you need to make. Get the training and knowledge you need to be ...

Before determining what your jump should be, it might be helpful to ask yourself: What kind of person am I? How do I make decisions? From where do I draw motivation? This week, host Mike Lewis welcomes Gretchen Rubin on the show. Throughout her career as a bestselling author and host of the "Happier" podcast, Rubin has determined that there are four distinct personality types. Which one you are could help determine how to approach a big life change. -- • For more on this week's guest, visit gretchenrubin.com • Tickets for this year's Jump Club and more information at whentojump.com. • Buy the When To Jump book here: https://amzn.to/2to6dKH --

I How beautiful! His feet are on the Mount of Olives. Listen, we watchmen are singing loud together, for God has returned to Zion. We've seen the desolation of Jerusalem. Now we sing of joy for God's comforts and His salvation of Jerusalem. Before all nations, God shows His holy arm, He appears as He truly is. People on the earth all see God's salvation. Your great love has held us fast. Your sacred word pierces us through and through. Almighty God, thanks be to You, praise unto You! Father everlasting, Prince of Peace, our God reigns as King over all! II Out from the throne of Almighty God, the seven Spirits are sent to churches everywhere, Your mysteries are revealed. You rule on Your throne of glory. With justice and righteousness, You strengthen Your kingdom. All nations bow down before You. Almighty God, He appears as He truly is. People on the earth all see God's salvation. Your great love has held us fast. Your sacred word pierces us through and through. Almighty God, thanks be to You, praise unto You! Father everlasting, Prince of Peace, our God reigns as King over all! III Darkness shrouds all lands, covers all people. But God You appear and shine Your light upon us, Your glory in us manifests. All nations and all kings come to Your light. You raise eyes to look about You. Your sons are getting around You from afar. Your daughters come too, borne in Your arms. You lead us forward on the road to Your kingdom. People on the earth all see God's salvation. Your great love has held us fast. Your sacred word pierces us through and through. Almighty God, thanks be to You, praise unto You! Father everlasting, Prince of Peace, our God reigns as King over all! IV With a heart sincere, serene, and faithful, we look up to You, bear witness to You, raise You up, sing praise to You. We construct ourselves in united harmony. May You make us ones pleasing to You, fit to be used by You. May Your will be carried out on earth, without being stopped by any force. V You've loosed the girdle of the kings, that the gates of their cities shall be open and nevermore be shut to You. For Your light of glory has come shining forth. Almighty God, thanks be to You, praise unto You! Father everlasting, Prince of Peace, our God reigns as King! Almighty God, thanks be to You, praise unto You! Father everlasting, Prince of Peace, our God reigns as King over all! from “The Twenty-fifth Utterance” in The Word Appears in the Flesh

Yeah, you call it needs analysis or something like that, but really it's all about finding what our learner will actually find interesting and engaging enough to make them BELIEVE they need to and then WANT to change. Sorry, don't mean to yell with all caps... but I got your attention, didn't I? How can you help people CHANGE, or LEARN something useful in 15 minutes of scenarios? I've got some ideas... and I do go on about explaining them with some great examples. Enjoy friend!

Je pense donc je suis. (I think, therefore I am.) Huh? Who is this I? How do I know that it is thinking? What does it even mean to say that I am—that I exist, if it's this mysterious,  untrustworthy Ithat says  so? To be fair, René Descartes didn't invent these problems. but In the centuries after his death, his thought experiments sent philosophers, psychologists and later on, neuroscientists reeling and spiraling down a seemingly bottomless chasm In search of Consciousness. What is it? Where is it? How did it get there? Surely that icky grey-green stuff can't fully account for the sublime perfection of Beethoven's Ninth! If you've ever heard that there are differences between the left and the right brain, you can blame my guest today, Michael Gazzaniga, who did many of the pioneering studies in this area. Now he's after even bigger game. In his new book The Consciousness Instinct he lays a conceptual framework for closing the gap between the meat of the brain and the magic of Consciousness, and maybe saving us a lot of future headaches.  Surprise conversation-starter clips in this episode: Leonard Mlodinow on your brain and original thinking Johann Hari on inequality and depression/anxiety Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

Who am I? How do I discriminate between what I am and what I am not, based on an actual experience now, putting aside all the learned and memorized data that I have in my mind?

I'm revisiting a topic that we talked about in a previous episode, which is menopause This time it's not so much from the medical standpoint or a provider's standpoint. It's more about the invisibility that tends to happen in that time of life: the lack of information, the lack of support, the lack of understanding and how isolated and alone women can feel as they're getting into their midlife.Women can almost feel as though they've fallen through the cracks at this point.I wanted to do this episode more on the social and support aspects of menopause and what it's like to try to go through that time feeling empowered and vibrant and alive and confident instead of what so frequently happens, which is almost like a setback. I can't remember if I read this somewhere, somebody called it the second adolescence, but it's a little bit reminiscent of that.Who am I? How do I fit in? Where's my place? Do I feel empowered or not? Do I just want to hide? So much of what somebody can go through at 12, 13, 14 can almost resurface in middle age.I've connected with Jill Angelo, and she is the founder and CEO of Genneve, which is a healthcare management solution for women in Midlife. The mission of Genneve is to empower women to take charge of their health and feel their best, confident, and most sexy selves and that just appealed to me.In addition to the medical episode we did about menopause and what people can expect, this is more, “where can people go to make this an empowered transition and maybe the best years of their life instead of feeling like they'd been set back?”Genneve is about women helping women and professionals helping women, all working together to find menopause solutions.Jill is tech exec turned women's health care advocate, and she's bringing her passion for women's development and health together with her technology experience to build this new organization, Genneve.She's a driving force for bringing effective health solutions, information, and resources to women in the most vibrant years of their life. So, I hope you enjoy my conversation with Jill Angelo.Links:Website - https://genneve.com/LinkedIn - https://www.linkedin.com/in/jillangelo/Twitter - @mygenneveFacebook - https://www.facebook.com/mygenneveEmail - jill@genneve.comMore info:Web - https://www.bettersexpodcast.com/Sex Health Quiz - http://sexhealthquiz.com/If you’re enjoying the podcast and want to be a part of making sure it continues in the future, consider being a patron. With a small monthly pledge, you can support the costs of putting this show together. For as little as $2 per month, you can get advance access to each episode. For just a bit more, you will receive an advance copy of a chapter of my new book. And for $10 per month, you get all that plus an invitation to an online Q&A chat with me once a quarter. Learn more at https://www.patreon.com/bettersexpodcastBetter Sex with Jessa Zimmermanhttps://businessinnovatorsradio.com/better-sex/

This episode is my story! Who am I? How did I get here? 

Our Identity in Christ Who am I? How we answer has huge impact on how we live and who we believe ourselves to be! Speaker: Sherrie Saltzgaber Part 1 of a 5 part workshop series. About The Workshop Are you stuck in unforgiveness? Does your thought life continually rob you of joy and peace and make you feel crazy? Do you find yourself easily offended? Battling addiction? Does God seem distant and out of touch? Do you think He speaks to everyone else but you?  During this workshop, we dived deeply into the kingdom of darkness and kingdom of light and how we operate in our identity in Christ. We also explored the importance and power of believing God and expelling ungodly beliefs and their stifling effects on our lives. Finally, we moved more deeply into the importance of forgiveness, the healing power it brings, and the power and necessity of moving from an attitude and heart of judgement and offense into a heart of grace and blessing! As we align with the Kingdom of God in these ways, we WILL experience the freedom Christ died for us to have.  The Freedom workshop went deeper in unpacking what keeps us bound and helped us walk out the freedom we've been given. Speakers: Shelli Presley and Sherrie Saltzgaber

The Business of Expertise we all should strive to become experts in our businesses Today we have a special guest, David Baker. He’s an author, adviser and a speaker. We will be talking about his book: The Business of Expertise. This book teaches entrepreneurs to elevate the impact of advisors. It has 3 cores of Principles. It really is profound in a sense that we have to become experts. The world has really changed in terms of technology and using that to gain knowledge in order to develop a sense of responsibility towards our work.  Niching down or becoming the expert is what we aim to be. When we get started in a business, we become in a sense, everything to everybody. Usually we are desperate for work, we accept what comes into our way, which is a little bit more out of desperation. That is something that might be a good strategy to start with but it’s not sustainable in the long run or overtime. You have to be in a place/situation where we could change the strategy or switch very quickly. Only accept the kind of work that we will be happy doing long term rather than just sucking all this other opportunity in to the vacuum, and then once we are loaded up with the right opportunity and experiences, then that’s where we go full time otherwise we develop other bad habits and it’s not going to be a good life for you. People get caught up in the real world and at times they feel like they’re good and strong enough to do their own business. When we compromise our business standards, it’s because we feel some sort of financial pressure. It makes sense to run the business well so that poor financial performance doesn’t prompt us to make some bad decisions. Once we compromise, we basically waste an opportunity.  We are inside our own jar and we can’t see ourselves objectively. Another thing that stops us is courage.  For us to be able to become a better expert in each of our own market place, we need to know how to position ourselves. It helps us to develop our deep expertise even further. Part of this is knowing how much opportunity is there in the marketplace and asking yourself these set of questions will let you know if you are headed to the right path. How much good am I? How much money can I make? How much work will I be able to enjoy?   This helps us differentiate the service that we are able to give. If we know how to position ourselves in the market place we have targeted, then we are able to review the entire business that we are about to provide to our clients. Your clients are needed in your market place because that is how you get your evaluation, your reviews, your feedback. These are very important to become an expert in your chosen field. We dig deeper by studying the most effective ways for us to exhibit our expertise.   The tenacity to grow, learn and love the workload that we have in this industry is what makes us establish ourselves and our company. Throughout the entrepreneurial journey, each business owners, each entrepreneur, they set a foundation for themselves to tackle any obstacles and these emphasizes their courageous decisions to make sure they position themselves to the key to success. The transition that each business owners takes from the very beginning until the present displays their ability and proficiency of knowing their weakness and turning that to their own advantage.     You may visit this website to know more about David Baker: www.expertise.is         There are so many ways to do almost free marketing you just have to think about it or you could just go to the web site and pick up the free download.     4 Hot Marketing Strategies That Can Flood Your Business with Customers   If you have a story to tell and would like to be a guest on this podcast email my assistant Shell at Shell@contractorssecretweapon.com   and she will send you our guest sheet.       Our sponsors     Would you like your phone to ring more with qualified buyers people looking to buy now? Then let’s make that happen. Best Home Services Leads is dedicated to making your phone ring with qualified buyers wanting to buy now. Go to and fill out the form to get more information.       http://contractorssecretweapon.com/money      How about 100 free postcards sent out to your best prospective customers. Radius Bomb sends out hyper targeted, laser focused postcards using a map while sitting in your under ware at your kitchen table then go to http://contractorssecretweapon.com/radiusbomb      Painting Contractors, get up to a 24% better response rate just for having the right memorable telephone number 1-800-PRO-PAINTER.Check out your area before someone beats you to it and it’s not available. https://www.1800propainter.com/  

Kizmat Tention, super mom by day, super wife by night, helps us take off our masks to find our authentic self. Super mom by day, super wife by night, and invisible all of the time. This is what happens when you retire the Superhero cape, remove the masks, and begin the journey of, "Who am I? How did I get here? And how long will it take to pick up all of the broken little pieces of my life?" Our guest today is Kizmat Tention. Kizmat is a life coach and author who has been making big waves with her new book, Broken Little Pieces: Invisible. Since then, she's been touring and speaking about her work and sharing her very powerful message of finding your authentic self. She lives in Atlanta with her husband and two children. In this episode, you'll enjoy: You'll hear how Kizmat began to recognize that she had been given, and had taken on, identities, roles and masks throughout her life that had keep her from her true self. How masks are passed along to us and how they can damage not only our true selves, but also our relationships and those around us. The role that birth order can play in our development. Kizmat talks about her "middle child" position and Karin shares an "oldest child" memory! Here's a good article on birth order theory: How Birth Order Affects Your Child's Personality and Behavior Learn how to begin moving away from our masks and our toxic identities AND how this fits in with the KonMari Method. How clutter reflects our emotional space. Kizmat talks about the "revolving door of emotion" within our homes, going back and forth from obsess orderliness and giving up on it all. To connect with Kizmat,you can visit www.brokenlittlepieces.com and follow her on FB at Broken Little Pieces: Broken Little Pieces on Facebook,or on twitter @kizzymat on Instagram at Kizmat Tention. Her book, Broken Little Pieces: Invisible, can be purchased here: Broken Little Pieces: Invisible on Amazon Spark Joy wants to hear from you! Tell us your burning tidying questions or share stories about how KonMari has impacted your life. Find us at www.sparkjoypodcast.com, email us at contact@sparkjoypodcast.com to leave a question or comment for a chance to be featured on next week's show. Join us on Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter via @sparkjoypodcast. What sparks joy for Kizmat: "When people are brave." She loves inspiring others to be a light in the world via her FaceBook group and her online community. Kizmat's final words of wisdom: "Don't be afraid to go and create your own lane." Gems: "It's a journey to take all of the pieces to create the mosaic of your life's mural." "Marriage multiples what is already there." "How long have I felt invisible?" "Regret and perfectionism are companions. We fear having regrets, thus propelling our mindset into the ways of perfectionism." "What am I holding onto and why? What reward are you getting from it?" "Change the dialogue of failure." "You see their glory, but you don't see their story." "Inspire someone daily." You can find Karin Socci at The Serene Home You can find Kristyn Ivey at For the Love of Tidy Special Guest: Kizmat Tention.

1 Peter 1:1 – 12 (Evening Service Sermon). Who am I? Who do I need to be? Who was I? How must I change? These are questions we all ask at some point, because our identity matters to us. This is the first part of a series where we will be looking at what God’s identity is for each person. In following this series, you’ll understand what God’s plan is for you and not only you, but for the church and the world. We begin by looking at God’s rescuing plan to save you. In rescuing you, he makes you into a new person that is in Christ and calls you to a life of joy. This sermon will cover topics such as election(God chooses who he rescues), the struggles of the Christian life and what the future holds.

1 Peter 1:1 – 12. Who am I? Who do I need to be? Who was I? How must I change? These are questions we all ask at some point, because our identity matters to us. This is the first part of a series where we will be looking at what God’s identity is for each person. In following this series, you’ll understand what God’s plan is for you and not only you, but for the church and the world. We begin by looking at God’s rescuing plan to save you. In rescuing you, he makes you into a new person that is in Christ and calls you to a life of joy. This sermon will cover topics such as predestination (God choosing people before the world began), it will walk through the struggles and joys of the Christian life and will show you what the future holds. It’s a very clear and joyful message.

Who am I? How did you get here?

Welcome to Danny’s K-Pop Podcast - where I get to answer your questions! Danny's K-Pop Podcast is now on Spotify! Check it out here: http://spoti.fi/2wmzaaF Dial-in to the hotline and ask me anything: (567)39-DANNY. Call in with your stories as well... I would love to hear them! If you’re dialing from outside of the United States the number is +1(567)393-2669. On this episode: 00:00 - @MastaWu 02:13 - How far back does the bromance between you and Masta Wu go? 05:47 - Is Masta Wu close with iKON's Bobby and B.I? How has Show Me The Money shaped their relationship? 09:42 - What kind of criticisms did you face for making the move to Korea to pursue your dreams? 12:35 - Follow-up questions for Masta Wu If you would like to see more, you can find me here: www.twitter.com/dannyim www.instagram.com/dannyim Check @MastaWu out too! www.twitter.com/mastawu02 www.instagram.com/mastawu02

Born on a farm in Oklahoma, the first 15 years of Leah's life allowed her quiet space to and hope and dream about what life could be. When her family moved when she was 15, Leah found herself scrambling to fit in and willing to bend and conform to societal pressures to ensure she did. This ultimately led her to have the prestigious role of "America's Next Top Model." Until one day - she couldn't do it any more. Tune in to hear what finally broke Leah Darrow of her willingness to maintain an unhappy status quo and break free into the life she was meant to lead.  SHOW NOTES: Often we mistakenly find our identity and worth in other people. A lot of problems arise when we don't see the value of who we are regardless of who is holding our hand. After making a mistake in her adolescence, she didn't think she was worthy of forgiveness so she lived her life out of fear. This way, she didn't have to change, she could just live out comfortably. As a model I was living in a world where only the exterior mattered. But then after a shoot, so much photoshopping had to happen for our photos to be acceptable... it wasn't even real.  I had an out of body experience during a photoshoot the reignited my heart. I heard the words: "I made you for more." I wanted to believe it more than anything in the world that I was more than a picture or a paycheck. I wanted the feeling I had when I was 10, aware that there was something amazing I was called to do. That reignited in my heart and it was my last day of modeling. I had nothing I wanted. The God I believe and culture I believe in, I had made it nothing. There is something true about believing you are called to do something good and that we are all connected. I wanted to live as if I was. Seeing my picture in Times Square and on the side of taxi cabs made me feel chained to something. Like I had to keep up, I have to be better, skinnier than that... and I need to be better than the next girl that gets her picture up, too. Life is so much more about contribution than competition. If I am not contributing to make this world better than what am I doing? Competition, "who is the better person" -- that is a world I don't want to be a part of anymore. Get off social media. Unplug for a bit to figure out what is going on. Why do we feel the need to be connected yet feel so lonely? There's a problem there. Who you are following on social media: Are they breathing life into your life or strangling it by bringing out a spirit of anger, bitterness or jealousy? People are going to talk. If you do everything right and if you do everything wrong: They will walk. So you may as well live your life the way you know is right and good and true. Get Leah's book The Other Side of Beauty Write a list of every good thing you can do - no matter how small or big. Reflect on it. Remind yourself that you are more than what you look like, what you see. The exterior is nothing. The beauty of the face only gets you so far, but the beauty of the soul that will take you all the way to the end. When I left modeling / made huge life change, these were the questions I was asking myself: What do I like? What are my dreams? Who am I? How am I connected to this world in a bigger sense Unplugging allowed me to reboot and know who I am and Whose I am. Know that God is calling you some place greater. No matter what you've done in life. No matter your  screw ups, shame or guilt - life can get better. It involves choices and being uncomfortable, but that is a good thing. When you are uncomfortable you are pushing yourself towards a better version of yourself. It makes you, your friends and the WORLD better. If you refuse to do it, you are refusing to make the world better. I start every day with a prayer of gratitude. LEAH DARROW'S LIVE INSPIRED 7  1. What is the best book you’ve ever read? The Soul of the Apostolate, about how our interior life effects our exterior life. It focuses on prayer, gratitude and working on our own wounds. 2. Tomorrow you discover your wealthy uncle shockingly dies at the age of 103; leaving you millions. Finish this project I am working on with Haiti 180, building a medical clinic in Haiti. 3. Your house is on fire, all living things and people are out. You have the opportunity to run in and grab one item. The crucifix above my bed. We held onto it as we said our wedding vows 5 years ago. 4. You are sitting on a bench overlooking a gorgeous beach. You have the opportunity to have a long conversation with anyone living or dead. Who would it be? My grandpa, a man of few words. Incredibly wise, prayerful and kind. And every advice he ever gave me was right and correct. And he knew me. He always looked you in the eyes. And he knew who he was, his limitations and just being around someone so authentic and kind brings out the best in anyone. 5. What is the best advice you’ve ever received? Trust your gut. I was a knew mom, pregnant about to deliver my first child. I asked for advice and my friend told me not to take any, she said to trust your gut. 6. Looking back, what advice would you give yourself at age 20? It get's better but you are going to have be brave and you are going to have to choose things that require you to change. But it will get better. Never forget, God made you brave and strong, Leah. 7. It’s been said that all great people can have their lives summed up in one sentence. How do you want yours to read? I believe in hope. Hope has a name and a face, I believe it is Jesus Christ. Wherever your hope lies, just as long as you have it, don't give it up. Hope can change lives. Hope can change the world. *** If you enjoyed today’s episode: Subscribe (automatically get new episodes), rate & review (help spread the word!) this podcast wherever you get your podcasts. I can’t wait to see you here next Thursday! Today is your day. Live Inspired. Live Inspired with John everyday on Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, LinkedIn, Pinterest and get his Monday Motivation email: www.JohnOLearyInspires.com/Monday-Morning   

In this episode of Angel Foods Show, I share the how-to quote cakes in 5 minutes flat + get the order! We all get that inquiry with ”how much for this cake?” with a Pinterest image and how exactly to reply (quickly), that gets customers booking, without discounting or pulling your hair out. This podcast is sponsored by Cake Business School: an international program to learn the business of baking. Read more + enrol here – http://cakebusinessschool.com Get access to the complete Pricing Workshop training: How to price your cakes & sweets with confidence for more profit in 60 days! You will learn: The different pricing strategies + which one is best for you! Profit margins + how to work them out (I aim for 60-75%!) 3 quick tips to price cakes in 5 minutes flat How to quote on cakes + STILL get the order (with yes, GOOD profit margins) What 80% of your competitors aren’t doing (so you win the cake order) When + how to raise your cake prices Giving discounts – Should I? Shouldn’t I? How much? The art of upselling (how to make more money from cakes!) The art of raising your cake prices, while still being competitive and getting the order How to deal with customers who want grocery store prices for custom cakes PLUS 4 BONUS – cake pricing guides! Get nearly 50% off CBS plus a bonus freebie Cake Business Growth Kit, which includes the Pricing Workshop (valued at $97) when you enroll in Cake Business Schooll for 1-year, before 30 June. Read more + enroll here. This training was a Facebook live vide inside the Cake Business School Facebook group, we would love you to join, it is a highly active group and where all the cook cakers hang out. To help out the show: Leave an honest review on iTunes. Your ratings and reviews really help and I read each one. Subscribe on iTunes. Thank you!

Who is God? What has he done? Who am I? How then shall I live? These questions start in the most critical place for us to grab ahold of… Who is God? What we discover in this passage, is that what we believe about God dramatically impacts how we relate to him and how we live in this world. Each of us needs to be reminded of the truth of who God is in our journey of preaching the Gospel to ourselves. Peter proclaims it here and it’s on the truth of that proclamation that Jesus declares he will build his church. Our mission, as God’s people, is fueled by this fundamental question: who is Jesus to us?

Who am I? - How to enforce your identity by Living Word Ministries

Are you an expert graphic designer? Have you ever felt uncomfortable being referred to as an expert graphic designer or expert web designer? Can I ask you why you felt that way? I’ve seen it over and over, designers cringing at the title of expert because they don’t feel they deserve it. In this week's episode of the Resourceful Designer podcast, I share a little secret with you. You are an expert. Don’t believe me? The Webster Dictionary defines Expert as follows: An Expert is someone having, involving, or displaying special skill or knowledge derived from training or experience. With this official definition in mind, let me ask you again. Are you an expert? I hope you said yes. I'm guilty myself. I must admit. I used to be guilty of this as well. I felt uncomfortable when people would say something like... “Hi Mark, so and so told me I should talk to you because you’re a web design expert” or “Hi Mark, I need a logo for my business and I’m told you’re the expert” It used to make me uncomfortable. But once I realized we're all experts in someone's eyes I started embracing it. Now if someone asks me if I’m an expert I proudly say yes, yes I am. Allow me to shower you with my expertise. OK, maybe I don't say that last part, but I don’t shy away from the title anymore. Why does being called an expert bother designers? I’ll tell you why. Because as designers we’re creative people, and being creative people we’re constantly learning to improve our skills and knowledge. But if we’re constantly learning to improve our skills and knowledge, and there’s always so much new to learn. how can we be experts? It doesn't make sense. The fact of the matter is, we are experts to everyone not in our industry. To everyone who doesn’t understand the workings of a website. we are an expert. To everyone who doesn’t understand the intricacies of proper branding, we are an expert. To everyone who doesn’t understand the nuances of type manipulation and colour usage and page layout, we are an expert. Because we have skills and knowledge they don’t possess we are experts in their eyes. It doesn’t matter if you’ve been a designer for many years like I have, or if you’re just getting into this profession. To everyone who relies on our skills and design knowledge, we are experts. So embrace it. Trust me, you want it this way. How do you think your business would be doing if your clients didn’t see you as an expert at what you do. I don’t think I have to tell you the answer to that one, do I? How do you feel when someone calls you an expert? Let me know by leaving a comment for this episode. Questions of the Week Submit your question to be featured in a future episode of the podcast by visiting the feedback page. This week’s question comes from Audrey My name is Audrey and I'm from Sydney  I've been working as a graphic designer for 1 year. I'm an in house graphic designer for a fashion brand but I do freelance web design work outside of my daytime job. I have question about how you do web design. Do you show your client a wireframe or just a high fidelity mock up and do you code as well to build a website? Like html and css. Or do you work with a developer to build a website. Also lastly what's the difference between web design and UI&UX? To find out what I told Audrey you’ll have to listen to the podcast. Resource of the week Espresso This week's resource is a web editor called Espresso by MacRabbit. I've been using Espresso since it first came out for all my HTML, PHP and CSS coding. I've created over 50 websites using this application. It's very well laid out and very simple to use. Here's the description from their website. Espresso is for people who make delightful, innovative and fast websites — in an app to match. Espresso helps you write, code, design, build and publish with flair and efficiency. Sophisticated text features, amazing Live Preview with Browser Xray, CSSEdit tools, the Navigator, Dynamo auto-building, and Server Sync. Whether you're starting from scratch or tweaking a live site, Espresso has you covered. Subscribe to the podcast Subscribe on iTunesSubscribe on StitcherSubscribe on AndroidSubscribe on Google Play Music Contact me Send me feedback Follow me on Twitter and Facebook I want to help you. Running a graphic design or web design business all by yourself isn't easy. If there are any struggles you face running your design business please reach out to me. I'll do my best to help you by addressing your issues in a future blog post or podcast episode here at Resourceful Designer. You can reach me at feedback@resourcefuldesigner.com

What is Taoism? Derek Lin shares his understanding of the Taoist Beliefs from the stories of Chuang Tzu and the Tao Te Ching that answer the big metaphysical questions. How was the world created? Why are we here? Who am I? How do I manifest what I want in life? Plus, get some practical advice on how to deal with real-life challenges and the fears that are sadly becoming part of our daily reality. This show is broadcast live on W4WN Radio – The Women 4 Women Network (www.w4wn.com) part of Talk 4 Radio (http://www.talk4radio.com/) on the Talk 4 Media Network (http://www.talk4media.com/).

Who am I? How do I become the person I want to be? In this episode I answer these questions (and more) by offering practical advice on how we can be who we want to be. -Chris --- Send in a voice message: https://anchor.fm/on-finding-peace/message Support this podcast: https://anchor.fm/on-finding-peace/support Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

Donald Ray Mills comes this week sharing another Life Challenge. Join the conversation by calling in to 347 994 3320 Have a seat. Gather around me. Class is in session. Have you reviewed the previous Life Challenges? Always start with the review before class, for that is the preparation phase. Now you are ready.I was asked the infamous question, who am I? How will you come to trust who I am and decide to help me live a fuller and more satisfying life? What if I am not a family member or friend and still need help? I responded that on everyday and in every situation that involve other people, decisions are being made about you. "THE INTRODUCTION" _______________________________________________ Daily Dose of Weird News with Darren Marlar _________________________________________________ Often times Christians are concerned if they are outrightly sinning by not repaying their debts. Join this conversation to see what Attorney Felden has to say about it. Christian B. Felden, Esq. cbfelden@feldenandfelden.com Toll Free: 888/808-9291 ext. 11 Toll Free Facsimile: 888/808-9991 Office Locations: Jacksonville, NC, Wilmington, NC, New Bern, NC, Naples, FL, Ft. Myers, FL

Møt den særegne skotske forfatteren Ali Smith og få en smakebit av hva slags bøker hun skriver. I "How to be Both" leker hun med kjønn, tid, liv og død. Med Ali Smith, Marta Norheim, Annette Orre, Herman Baskår. Programleder er Anne Cathrine Straume.

Who am I? How often do you ask yourself that question? On some level, I think I am constantly seeking the answer. I don't want a reflection of who I am, I want the Truth, the naked Truth.Today's answer isn't so very pretty. It's one of the rare days I can't shake the blues of chronic pain and one more symptom to handle. Vertigo has decided it's time to call again on top of all of my other house guests: poor sleep, stuffy nose, headache, sinus pressure, neck ache, shoulder and hip pain, tight jaw, and constipation. I have a daily regimen of supplements, netti-pot, exercise and food intolerances to handle. I am grateful that they have worked all summer. Until the hammer of stress came crashing down as it does periodically on all of us. And I kept pushing through.That mess of annoyances is about all that I can see. My pattern is to retreat, where it takes less energy to survive until symptoms recede. But I don't think that's the healthiest route. It seems one of the patterns I need to break. Last week, I spent a good deal of time pouring over some astrology interpretations from the amazing monthly group I attend under the guidance of my spiritual friend, Char. In this space, I have been able to delve deeper into who I am, or am meant to be, and look beyond the drive-me-crazy symptoms. According to the stars (and planets and their interactions), I have been blessed with many gifts and the means to use them. I am, they say and I know myself, a late bloomer. I married later, had my kids older and still don't know what I want to be when I grow up. I also must follow my own path, which  includes a lot of excavation. I joyously e-mailed Char Monday that I had meticulously gone through all of the material and how happy it made me, how affirming and confirming it had been.So what's changed in a a day or two? Nothing that I haven't already dealt with the past 16 years. Shortly after I began this post, I looked up, frustrated. I didn't want to whine or be in that self-pitying place. The large signing dangling from my studio ceiling saying "Take a Break" was the first thing that came into focus as I adjusted my eyes away from the computer screen.I get it, I thought. I doubt the instructions could be any clearer. I quickly Googled what movies were playing and opted to forgo unproductiveness and truly take a break. I settled on the "100 Foot Journey" with Helen Mirren. I'd selected the book a year ago for book club and was thoroughly delighted and entertained ... to the point I'd forgotten it was fiction. In my rushing to the car to make the show, a van driver flagged me down, lost. I drove her to the highway, stopped home briefly and was on my way, arriving ahead of the previews. What wasn't to like: food, France and Indian culture. The scenes shot in Paris brought tears of gratitude for the trip we had as a family this summer. "God, you have been so very good to me," I said silently. I didn't add the "but why am I always struggling" as I had earlier.One of the things I have been learning about myself by studying my natal chart is that I need to periodically treat myself and take breaks. I tend to push through and deny myself. I've been pushing ... all summer. From a wonderful vacation at the beginning (that I completely planned from scratch, which I love but can be stress-inducing), to balancing kids home and more outside work, some stinging upsets (learning I must relocate my studio and Artsy Fartsy and that I missed a major grant deadline), getting my girls off to school while my husband was out of town (I honestly don't know how single parents do it) and settling my oldest into college courses this week as part of the post secondary enrollment options program. Did I mention we have also have a new driver? It is just life, dished out to us all. I live it hard, forgetting to breathe and, often, to enjoy. One of my recent astrology lessons is to let life flow through me. I wonder what that looks like, exactly. Here are a few of the other lessons I am cultivating:• To live out of abundance, confidence and trust;• To follow my dreams and truth;• To let go of fear;• That boundaries are necessary, barriers are not.• To bring the past forward;• That my security in life rests in Spirit.• To put power and energy into intention.• That healing requires pruning the excess;• To rely on my (inner) resources and that looking within gives me the most clarity;• That's is ok to risk and create new structures to replace what isn't working any more.I am calling all of this lean love and am thinking that I used a little of that on myself today by going to the movie instead of wallowing in my studio. Hooray for me – I AM learning.• What's my gut reaction to stress?• What are my go-to patterns?• What patterns must I seek to change?• Where do I find Spirit in the mess of life?• What lessons about living and loving am I learning?allowing myselfthe luxuryof halfthe workoutgratefulbreast strokedidn't inducevertigoracing aroundto drop my daughterat school eventhough my husbandofferedwhy? I nowwonderfinding the graceto take a few hoursoff, dreaming ofFrance and foodsneaking in a grocerytrip, attemptingdinner, an abortedbank stop andgetting my daughter toher first nightclass on timewhen, againmy husbandofferedwhy, God,do I insist on killing myself?Listen to this post:

From the Stillwater Meditation Hall at Upper Hamlet, Plum Village. This is the fourth question and answer session of the annual Summer Opening retreat at Plum Village on July 30, 2014. The talk is in English and both the audio and the video are available below. How do we eat our parents? When Thay became a monk, was he aware of the suffering in the world or did that come later? Why sometimes when we cry we are happy and sometimes we are sad? How did you create Plum Village? We talk a lot about respecting Mother Earth but a lot of the food we eat here is not organic and comes from far away. I feel blocked when reading the Five Contemplations. This seems incongruent. Who am I? How do I recognize suffering in myself and learn to take care of that Suffering? Loneliness. And we find another person presents not nursing, should we and how do we withdraw? http://youtu.be/XygtfWM66j0

To You - The StoryI matured quickly. I had to. You see, at age 15, I was gainfully employed. At 18 years old, I was in a foreign country all by myself. No aunt's cousins, parents - anything like that. I had to pay my rent, buy my clothes and yes, pay my school fees. I've been paying bills for as long as I can remember. Yet, it is selfish to constantly use the word "I". The reason is because I did not do it of myself. God working through wrougth all and accomplished all that concerned me.I am not self made, I am God made. As any mature person in a season of responsibility knows, there are times when things get rough and you begin to miss routine payments. There are tragedies that happen that seem to knock the very foundation off your feet. In these moments, you just want to lay in bed, put the covers over head, go to sleep and wish this was all a dream. A dream that will vaporize as soon as you wake up with the rising sun. Yet, you wake up and yes ... it is really happening and it does not look good. It was in one such seasons that I learnt to apply this scrpiture found in Cast thy burdens upon the Lord and He shall direct you. He shall never suffer the righteous to be moved - Psalm 55:15I simply placed the issue on God's feet and allowed Him deal with it. I have covenanted to give Him the glory for everything good that happens in my life. The responsibility that comes with that covenant is that He, not the devil, gets the blame for anything that goes wrong. I just give it to Him. And so now that things are so much easier, I reminisced and wrote this song. May it encourage you in your life work. When life feels overwhelming, may you find the trust in you to cast your burdens to the Lord for He cares for you. Below is the lyrics for the song.               To You- The SongWritten by Evangelist Uche. Performed by Emily Davis and Ebuka Unogu. Produced by Ebuka UnoguPsalm 55 verse 5 says: "Cast thy burden upon the Lord, And He shall sustain you. He shall never suffer the righteous to be moved". And so today Lord, I choose to give To YOU. Everything that has every bothered me. All of my fears, my tears and all my cares. All of my doubt, All of my plans, my dilemma, my uncertainty, my anxiety, my hopes and my dreams. My aspirations, my ambition, my strength and my weakness. I give it all TO YOU Lord. ChorusMy Heart, My Soul, My Strength I give TO YOU My Life, My hopes, My All TO YOU My Heart, My Soul, My Strength TO YOU My Life, My hopes, My All TO YOU  Verse 1You said to cast all my burdens - TO YOU Everything that has kept me up late at night – TO YOU You will keep me in perfect peace, if I place my mind - ON YOU It’s the least thing that I can do; I’m overwhelmed, I’m panicky, Filled with doubt Absorbed in fear, What do I do? What I can I say? I cannot handle these issues and so I give it TO YOU  Chorus Verse 2Yes I’m giving my everything - TO YOU Don’t know all that tomorrow brings, I put my trust - IN YOU Because you hold tomorrow, I feel secure - WITH YOU I put my life in Your able hands,  I rest in your promise For your provision, For your protection For Your direction, I give TO YOU My future plans, Your will be done in my life Of which I give TO YOU Chorus BridgeI give it To You. Everything that has ever troubled me. I give it To YOU Everyone that has ever hurt me I give it To You How do I pay the bills? How do I pay the tuition? How do I get out of debt? How do I? How do I? How do I? Watch The Video

Did you know that Self-valueis as important as self-esteem and more useful?  How do you value yourself? In most cases specifically women. Women don’t notice that they are in a devalued state, because they don’t see it, they are not aware of it. The best way to understand your self-value is to ask yourself this simple question: How valuable am I? How much do I deserve to have something I prize? People who have self-value, they tend to appreciate themselves better. They take care of their physical and psychological health, growth, and development. Join me and my co-host Anna Hackman as we discuss this further. Anna is the editor of Green Talk and the co-founder of Green Sisterhood. Contact Coach Rea today: 908-864-7919 Skype: .CoachRea http://www.CoachingByRea.com

An interview with one of the participants from the very first Herpes Opportunity weekend seminar in Raleigh, NC, October 26-28, 2012. Transcript: I: So yeah, just like a general sense of the weekend. What was it like for you? P: I wasn’t really sure going in what to expect, but I came out a different person for sure. It’s more about your self. It’s more about really . . . it’s like self-awareness. It’s really finding out what makes you tick, what’s bothering you. Kind of I guess, just looking at where you are now and where you want to be, and what your gaps are and why you’re not there. I took a lot away from it. And it wasn’t just about the “H”, but more about your self. Pain’s the way I thought about myself actually. And I think about other people, too. I think a lot of it was some of the exercises we went through. I guess opened my eyes. I was feeling kind of alone and disconnected, a lot of different things. I didn’t know whether I could do it, but I guess I just have a whole different prospective on where I was at, and why I was doing certain things to myself when there really was no reason to be that way. I was in a different kind of place, I guess. I just wasn’t thinking in the right frame of mind for a long time, I think. I knew it was a problem, but I never—I don’t know, I guess I just didn’t want to go there. I think a lot of it is, you’re vulnerable, the fear, there’s so many different things, you know, that can go into it. Once you can recognize what it is, you can really start to build some kind of foundation on how you want to change it. (02:38) I: Good. It sounds like the beginning of a new path for you was actually to start looking at maybe the stuff that you didn’t originally want to look at. P: Exactly. Yep. That’s what it is. Sometimes you just need a push, you know. You just need someone to say the right things, the right words, and of course you need to let it all out. I mean, I hadn’t had a meltdown like that probably for, well, I don’t know, for a long time. (03:07) I: How you’re explaining it, it almost sounds like it was purging something from you that had been trapped inside for a while. P: Yes. Yes, that’s another good word. Yeah, I agree with that. I mean, you do it with yourself, but when you have other people there that are just kind of listening, and helping you along, and giving their perspective. It makes a difference. I think it really opens your eyes up to a lot of different possibilities, different opportunities, things you didn’t look at before. I mean, a lot of it, I look at myself saying, “Why didn’t I think of that?” Or my mind was so closed on a certain path or a certain way that I wasn’t even looking at other avenues. And then to hear the other people, “Gosh, I said that problem, too, and this is how I handled it, or it wasn’t exactly similar, but . . .” I mean, that kind of put a little bit in perspective too that I was really thinking, “Of course, I’m alone and no one else is feeling this. What is wrong with me?” You know, that kind of thing. [Laughs] (04:12) I: You’re the only one. [Laughs] P: Yeah, your mind just plays so many different scenarios. And my problem was, I wasn’t letting anybody in, wasn’t telling anybody anything, but it was more than that for me, it wasn’t just about the “H”. And I realized that. It’s not really about that. It’s more about coming in tune with yourself, and really valuing what you have to bring, and then just like listening to other people, too. It was really—I’m really glad I went. I wasn’t going to, I didn’t want to, and you know the whole “H” thing, that’s just another part of my issue, but I’m really glad I did because it really opened up my eyes to a lot of different things, and how much I was shutting a lot of stuff down that I shouldn’t have been. It helped me really, you know say, “God, I have all these people out here, why am I not reaching out? What is wrong with me?” It really kind of put that back into perspective that I don’t have to go through all this alone. It just helped me say—you know I kept saying, ”Yeah, I accept it. I accept it.” But I really don’t think I did to be honest. (05:26) I: Umm hmm. It sounds like you felt really supported. P: Yeah, I did. Yeah, probably for the first time in a long time. I: Wow. How does that feel to say that? P: It feels good, really. I’ve been trying to take it all in the last couple days, and each day I get better, I get more confident. I’m more—I’m not thinking of the negative things, I’m thinking of “Okay, what can I do to push it through. There’s got to be some other avenue or another thing I can do.” Instead of just saying, “Okay, it’s not going to work. I’m done.” Then you shut yourself down, and you miss out on some many different opportunities or maybe different possibilities you didn’t think of before, you didn’t look at before. (06:12) I: Yeah. What else is different about you now? P: I don’t know. I guess I feel a little bit more of a relief. I don’t feel the weight on my shoulders any more. I feel that I can just look at certain things and take it one step at a time. Whereas before I just felt so closed in. I felt like, “God, it’s too much. I just can’t do it.” I’m feeling more like this is an obstacle, but how can I get around it? Or what can I do to help me face it? For the most part, I got out the value that I wanted for me. It was a really good experience for me. I’m so glad that I [Laughs], I finished it because I think I would have been very disappointed in myself if I didn’t. (07:03) I: If you were to tell someone who might be considering coming to the seminar, but they’re afraid or they don’t really know what it’s about . . .what would you tell that person? P: I would tell them that I felt the same way. Without giving it away, it’s about “H”, but it’s something more. It’s more of like a movement. And it’s really about your self. It’s really about taking a weekend and really—it’s like a retreat. Take a weekend and just really think about yourself. Sometimes you need that, you need . . . and don’t be afraid to have someone push you because sometimes we need that push. You’ll really be glad you did because you’ll really find out things about yourself and other people that you would never found out if you didn’t go to the seminar. It’s really valuable even though you might think, ”God, I don’t need this.” because I didn’t think I needed either. Because everyone thinks they’re coping with things when they’re really not, so I think I would just encourage them. Yeah, you have “H”, but there’s [sic] other things you’re going to get out of the seminar that I think you’re going to be pleasantly surprised at the end, and how you feel about yourself and other people. (08:21) I: I think you said that for you, it felt pretty heavy at the beginning like when you first came in you felt pretty heavy, but by the end, it was like the weight was off, I feel really light, I feel free. P: Yeah. Yeah, it was like a—it was freedom, it was a relief; I’ve been carrying a lot on my shoulders. Just as I was driving today, I was coming back from somewhere and I’m like, “My God, why was I doing that all of these years? I was taking on this burden.” (08:51) I: Before you came to the seminar, when you had disclosed, you had gotten rejected. How do you feel about disclosing to someone now? P: Much better. Much better. I think it was my whole attitude . . . I’m like, “They’re never going to accept this and you can’t go in like that. It’s so much different how I feel now about it. I don’t know. It’s kind of hard to explain. I have a whole different perspective on that now. And even talking to other people, the other participants, and even the staff regarding that . . . I mean, it’s—I don’t know, I just feel like I’m more confident for some reason. I think that has a lot to do with feeling you’re worthy, you deserve it . . . I never really felt that way before. I always thought, “Alright, I don’t deserve it. I did something wrong.” [Laughs] (09:49) I: And now you feel like now you deserve it. P: Yeah, I feel like, “Goddamn it, you know, I do. There’s nothing wrong with me.” [Both laugh] It’s just one little obstacle that you can overcome. I’ve seen people with relationships where one has it, or they both do [sic] or whatever. You know, and people are still together. I mean, sh*t, a lot of it doesn’t have anything to do with it, more of it’s financial reasons, and other reasons why people split up. But I wasn’t thinking like that, I had another way of thinking before walking in there. It’s just kind of opened my eyes a little more I guess. It’s giving me a chance. I wasn’t even giving myself a chance, I think. I was shooting myself down before I even went in to disclose. A lot of it you don’t think about body language and you know, looking in someone’s eyes, really think a lot about that stuff when you’re talking to somebody. And some of it was, “Oh my God, they’re going to think this . . .” When really actually they’re not. Even before you would speak, it’s putting a lot of preconceived—like what I was doing, “Oh, he’s never going to . . .” this guy when I tell him, he’s going to walk out the door. And that shows on your face. (11:08) Break in interview: Interviewer states, “And then I said, ‘Wow. After hearing all of that, it sounds like it was a really good weekend for you.’” P: Yes. Absolutely. It just really lifted me up. It really—I just needed it. I needed a big push and I got it. I’m just so glad that I attended and that I came back—that I didn’t get into that place again where, “Oh, I can’t do this, and I can just do everything by myself. And I’m so independent, and I don’t need anybody.” You know, that kind of thing. And really I did. It’s like, “No, you’re getting your ass up, and you’re going there and you’re going to finish it.” That’s what I did. So I think just a lot of what people said to me, it just made me feel good. For one thing because I haven’t heard it in a while, but I kind of already knew that it was there. But to have people see it actually, and to tell you, it just really meant a lot to me. It really gives you a little bit of a boost. And just reiterates what really was inside of me, that is was there all along. It’s just that I let myself get into some kind of funk or whatever you want to call it, and to believe that it wasn’t there anymore and I’m not a good person, or I can’t do this or something will never happen that I want to happen. (12:39) I: Yeah. So actually having people see your beauty, and your leadership, and your big heart . . .it actually had you being able to see all those things more clearly in your self? P: Exactly. Exactly. I: And how does that feel to realize all of those things about yourself? (13:03) P: It feels great. [Laughs] It just feels wonderful. I can’t tell you how, just a better perspective I have. I was such in a dark place before. I’m just not in that place anymore. I don’t ever want to go there again. And hopefully, I won’t. It opens up your eyes. It’s like, “What have you been doing the last couple months or the last couple years feeling this way?” There’s absolutely no reason to feel that way. It really helps you bring out your strengths and know that you have courage even coming there for one thing. It really says a lot about yourself, and it makes you believe. I don’t want to say, “Gives you hope.” because you always have—I always had hope, but it’s just the word that’s coming into my mind right now. It gives you hope, makes you believe, you know not go back into where you were before because it’s just not a good place to be. (14:05) I: It sounds like when you talk about all this stuff that you have a tool set now for making sure you don’t flip into that dark space again. P: Yes, I do. You’re absolutely right. I like set the foundation to build what I know what I need to do. It’s the push I needed to do it. It kind of sets you in motion for what you want to do, and it gives kind of like a goal to reach in the next couple months or the next year. And it kind of gives you the momentum after something like this to follow through with what I need to do for myself. (14:45) I: Well, cool. It sounds like a lot of healing took place for you over the course of the weekend. P: Yeah, it really did. It really was a good experience for me. I can’t thank you enough for pushing me because if I didn’t have the push, I’d still be where I was. I wasn’t in a good place, but I feel so much better now. And I’m just so glad that I came and I met everybody. It opened up whole new avenue of living my life. I don’t know, it’s kind of hard to explain, I guess. (15:19) I: That was beautifully explained. [Laughs] I love what you just said. P: Wow. Thanks. I: Yeah. I’m just really proud of you for having the courage to, like you said, to even come. (15:33) P: Yeah, it’s—thank you. I know that now. I didn’t think when I walked in there, “I have courage.” but it was… for everyone. Like you said, you just get into the mold and you get beat up so hard sometimes that it’s hard to come out of something, but with a weekend to really kind of look at yourself and hear feed back from other people. It’s really—it’s so valuable to me. Like I said, it’s worth gold. It’s worth gold. (16:10) I: [Laughs] That is so good to hear. I’m so glad that you came. P: I’m glad I came, too. And you did a really nice job facilitating, by the way. I: [Laughs] Thank you. P: Yeah, that was a huge thing to undertake—this is going to get really huge. I think you know that. [Laughs] (16:33) I: I hope so. I hope so. I can’t wait for it to blow up, and help as many people as possible. Just your help on the phone with me now really helps that. P: It will. This is going to get really big. It’s really a good seminar. You don’t how many more people you’re going to help. It’s just so wide open. And so many people need this that it’s going to be incredible. It really is. (17:04) Break in interview: Interviewer states, “Wow, pretty cool. And then we got talking about the possibility of coming back and helping staff again, and helping other people who need it. Here’s what we started talking about…” (17:17) P: I was just going to say that I saw a lot of me in some of the younger folks, and just some of the things they said because they were so newly diagnosed. I’m like, “Oh, my goodness. You know, I’ve been there. I know your pain. You’re going to get better.” To hear them say, “Oh, I’m just not—I don’t feel pretty, and I feel dirty. I’m never going to be able to get a date.” It’s just like, “Oh my gosh, you know, I’ve been through this…yes, you will.” [Laughs] It makes you want to really reach out to them…hey, listen, you’re going to be fine. You’re going to go through some stuff, yeah, but you’re going to come out of it okay. I never had that when I was diagnosed, so I want to be able to give that to somebody. They’re just going to take the ball and run with it, and just be overwhelmed with joy that someone’s actually taken the time to tell them they’re going to be okay. And you make all these friends along the way that you didn’t have before. The whole experience is like really incredible. [Laughs] (18:27) I: [Laughs] I like that little laugh at the end. [Laughs] P: A laugh of happiness. I: Awesome. It’s so good. (18:39)